Skip to main content

Full text of "The Burton Holmes lectures;"

See other formats


UCSULnHlH'.KlW*,f,L, 


LIBRARY  FACIUTY 


D    000  8450249 


71 


'^y- 


.'-'v-^- 


THE 


BURTON  HOLMES 


LECTURES 


With    IUustratio?is  from    Photographs 
By   the   Author 


I/AJIU 


COMPLETE  IN  TEN  VOLUMES 
VOL.  V 


BATTLE    CREEK,   MICHIGAN 

THE   LITTLE-PRESTON    COMF^^NY,   LIMITED 
M  C  M  I 


FIILANI 


THE 


BURTON  HOLMES 


LECTURES 


IVith    Illustrations  from    Photographs 
By   the   Author 


COMPLETE  IN  TEN  VOLUMES 
VOL.  V 


BATTLE    CREKK.,    MICHIGAN 

THK    LITTLE-PRESTON    COMPANY,    LIMITF.D 
M  C   M  I 


Copyright   1901 
BY  E.   BURTON   HOLMES 

ALL    RIGHTS    RESERVED 


IRL' 


The  "Edition  Original  "  of  The  Burton  Holmes  Lectures 

is  Limited  to  One  Thousand  Sets. 

The  Registered   Number  of  This   Set  is  , 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


he 

HcxwcLiian 
Islands 


fT  WAS  a  calm  niglit  in  tlie  month 
of  June  when  we  drifted  silently 
from  the  docks  of  San  Francisco,  passed  swiftly 
out  through  the  Golden  Gate,  and  set  our  course  across  the 
silvery  moonlit  sea  toward  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  About 
two  thousand  miles  of  peaceful  ocean  sleep  between  our  coast 
and  the  palm-fringed  shores  of  the  Republic  of  Hawaii,  and 
over  this  we  speed,  not  knowing  that  ere  we  retrace  our  way, 
this  stretch  of  ocean — almost  equal  in  width  to  the  Atlantic 
—  will  have  been  transformed  by  our  wise  men  at  Washing- 
ton   into    an   American    channel,     and    that   tiie   trans-Pacitic 


THE  HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS 


steamers  will  have  become  boats  that  convey  the  traffic  of 
mere  "ferries,"  running  from  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  to  Hono- 
lulu,   United   States  of    America. 

There  is  not  time  to  dwell  upon  the  voyage,  but  I  must 
at  least  confess  that  I  have  never  more  thoroughly  enjoyed 
a  week  at  sea.  Conditions  of  weather,  service,  and  accom- 
modations I  have  never  seen  surpassed  :  and  as  for  speed  — 
our  steamer,   the    "  Moana,  "  traveled   all   too   swiftlv  across 


THE   Sl'MMEK   SEA 


this  fascinating  summer  sea,  and  brought  us  into  Honolulu 
Harbor  at  sunrise  on  the  morning  of  the  seventh  day.  The 
first  impressions  of  the  traveler,  as  he  sees  the  islands  rise 
like  pale  blue  clouds  out  of  the  dark  blue  sea,  I  shall  not 
endeavor  to  describe.  I  trust  that  all  of  \ou  are  some  day 
going  to  the  islands,  and  believe  no  one  has  a  right  to  rob  you 
of  your  first  impressions.  I  hold  that  ever}'  traveler  should 
be  permitted  to  enjoy  his  own,  without  suggestions  or  inter- 
ruptions  by   the   omnipresent  and  ul)i(|uitc)us   tourist   who  has 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


"been  there"  several  times  before.  Of  course  the  first  land 
that  we  saw  was  Molokai,  the  island  home  of  those  upon 
whom  the  awful  curse  of  leprosy  has  fallen,  but  we  passed 
it  afar  off,  as  if  the  ship  herself  had  heard  the  cry  "un- 
clean! unclean!"  and  soon  the  outline  of  the  island  faded 
from  our  view,  while  the  volcanic  shapes  of  Oahu  rose 
hijjher  and  higher  against  the  morning  sky.  Then  Coco 
Head    and    Diamond    Head    are    passed,   and  finally,    almost 


Wi^, 


lIuNtJH  LL      IIAKBIJU 


before  we  know  it,  we  are  in  port,  scanning  the  shores 
with  that  delightful  eagerness  that  animates  the  traveler 
\\'hen  he  scents  a  new  land  and  a  new  experience. 

So  much  has  been  told  us  of  the  beauty  of  the  land  that 
we  are  at  Hrst,  I  fear,  a  little  disappointed  ;  the  hills  are 
green,  but  not  so  green  as  travelers  have  painted  them ; 
the  palms  are  tall,  but  not  ([uite  tall  enough  ;  the  sea  and  the 
sky  are  beautiful,  yet  \\\i  expected  niort/.  1  do  not  know 
\\h\',    but   we   expected   the   impossible.      So   much  for  enthu- 


8 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


siastic  lectures  and  fulsome  books  of  travel  !  As  ,ue  discoxer 
later,  the  reality  surpasses  all  that  a  sane  pleasure-seeker  or 
beaut\-lover  can  desire.  A  friend,  a  resident  of  Honolulu, 
indicates  the  various  features  of  the  view  as  the  ship  swings 
around.  There  are  the  boat-houses,  wading  in  the  harbor  ; 
yonder  the  new  naval  coal-sheds,  constructed  by  the  United 
States  government,  as  if  in  anticipatir)n  of  immediate  neces- 
sity ;   and  there  behind  the   cit\-   on   the   riyht    is   the  volcanic 


DIVING    FOR    DIMES 


cone  called  Punch-Bowl  —  a  "punch-bowl"  scandalously 
huge  for  a  town  so  temperate  and  well  behaved  as  Honolulu, 
a  punch-bowl  big  enough  to  serve  as  loving-cup  for  the 
entire  nation  when  it  shall  celebrate  the  realization  of  its 
long-cherished  dream  of  annexation.  Cheers  greet  our  ar- 
riving steamer,  for  she  brings  good  news  ;  and  as  she  is 
warped  slowly  up  to  the  dock,  the  crowds  of  citizens  awaiting 
us  cheer  again  and  again,  for  they  have  seen  painted  on  a 
long    blackboard,    fixed    to   the   railing  of    the    bridge,    these 


THE   HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS 


WELCOMK    NEWS    ANNOUNCED 


words:  "House  of 
Representatives 
passed  Annexa- 
tion Resolution 
209-91."  Of 
course  this  does 
not  mean  annexa- 
tion ;  as  yet  the 
Senate  has  not 
acted,  but  the 
news  is  full  of 
promise,  and  im- 
mediately Hono- 
Hf  lulu  goes  wild 
with  joy.      News- 


IJy  periiiibsion 


I  in      \\  K!  I  OMIM  ,    tR(  i\\  l> 


lO 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


papers  eight  days  old  that  have  heen  lying  in  the  saloon 
and  cabins  are  seized  upon  with  eagerness  by  those  who 
come  on  board  to  greet  their  friends.  We  must  not  for- 
get that  Honolulu  gets  its  news  but  once  a  week,  and 
sometimes  only  once  a  fortnight  ;  there  is  no  telegraphic 
cable  to  link  this  little  city  to  the  nerve-centers  of  the  world. 
Therefore  the  ^-^•^■^■^■■i"^^^.^  ''steamer 


A  noNt)Lri_r  wiiAkF 


is  a  most  important  function  ;  everybody  makes  it  a  ]>oint  to 
be  upon  the  dock,  no  matter  what  the  hour  of  the  ship's 
arrival,  and  those  who  ha\e  discovered  friends  on  board, 
hastily  purchase  floral  garlands  with  which  to  deck  the  wel- 
come ones.  These  garlands  are  called  "  /r/s.  "  They  are  of 
many  different  flowers,  of  many  different  colors  ;  some  are 
bright  red,  others  a  gorgeous  yellow,  while  the  most  distingue 
of  all  is  the  lei  of  beautiful  green  niaile.  "  But,"  you  may 
be   tempted   to  ask,    "have   not   some   of  these  ladies  on   the 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


II 


pier  entirel}-  for- 
gotten both  the 
place  and  hour  in 
their  haste  to 
greet  and  deco- 
rate their  friends  ? 
Have  they  not 
thoughtlessly 
rushed  out  in 
dressing  gowns  ? ' ' 
But  ere  we  have 
a  chance  to  form- 
ulate a  question, 
other  visions  of 
rebellious  dry-goods  are  revealed  to  us.  Surely  there  must 
be  sanction  for  this  informal  costume,  or  else  the  absent- 
mindedness  of  Honolulu 
femininity  is  little  short  of 
shocking.  These  "  Moth- 
er Hubbards"  would  not 
be  tolerated  in   the   state 


BUYING   LEIS 
Plioto^r,iph  by  Anton    Hodenpyl 


12 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


the  orif^in  and  history  of  the 
lo/okii,  ' — for  that  is  what  these 
damsels  call  it,  —  we  view  it  in  a 
different  light.  When  the  mis- 
sionaries first  came  to  these 
isles  of  innocence,  the  ladies 
knew  as  little  about  clothes  as 
about  bicycles  ;  smiles  and  tropic 
tan  were  the  materials  then  used 
for  feminine  attire.  The  mission- 
aries thereupon  immediately  in- 
venteil  the  holoku  ;  in  fact,  so 
hastily  was  it  contrived  that  there 
was  not  time  enough  for  trying  on,  and  therefore  the  holoku 
remains  ill-fitting  to  this  very  day.  The  smiles  and  tropic 
tan  were  not  abolished,  but  became  accessory  rather  than 
essential  features  of  feminine  adornment.      Some  holokus  are 


DECORATKD    WITH    LEIS 


SMILES    AND    FLOWERS 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


13 


HOLOKIS 


stiff  with  starch,  in  rigid  superior! c}-,  others  hang  more  in 
Grecian  folds  ;  but  coolness,  comfort,  and  economy,  perfect 
adaptabilit}'  to  climate  and  to  purse  are  the  dominant  char- 
acteristics of  this  Hawaiian  costume.  It  is  worn  by  all 
classes  and  by  all  nationalties.  \\'e 
shall  see  it  in  the  Asiatic  quarter,  a 
crude  substitute  for  the  artistic 
Japanese  kimono,  and  annd  tiie 
aristocratic  surroundings  of 
suburban  bungalows  where, 
it  is  fair  to  add,  the  American 
wearers  give  more  thought 
to  cut  and  (piality,  and  su])- 
plement  the  smiles  and  tan 
with  shoes  and  stockings. 


HCILOKUS 


14 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


But  let  us  not  anticipate.  Let  us  jump  into  a  cab  and 
drive  to  the  hotel.  Up  I^^irt  Street  speeds  our  carryall  between 
long  blocks  of  business  houses,  stores,  and  offices.  Surely  this 
is  no  foreign  country  ;  this  street  is  like  a  dozen  streets  that 
we  could  name  in  the  minor  cities  of  America.  And  as  if 
to  emphasize  the  obvious  Americanism  of  the  place,  there, 
high  abo\e,  brightening  the  tropic  sky,  are  the  familiar  Stars 
and  Stripes,  flung  out  in  honor  of  the  coming  of  our  ship  with 
news  of  promised  annexation.  The  traveler  from  the  United 
States  instantly  feels  at  home.  This  is  delightful  in  one 
sense,  in  another  it  is  a  less  welcome  sensation.  The 
traveler  who  seeks  novelty  and  strangeness  inav  be  at  hrst 
rebellious  when  confronted  by  a  typical  American  thorough- 
fare,   in    which    there  is  not  one  beautiful  or  one  exotic  note. 

But  let  him  wait  a 
little  — all  this  is 
admirable  and 
progressive  ;  that 
which  is  tropical 
and  charming  is 
not  far  a  w  a  y  . 
Let  him  but  turn 
a  corner,  and  he 
will  halt  in  won- 
der at  sight  of  a 
floral  conflagra- 
tion such  as  he 
never  saw  before 
—  a  gorgeous  tree 
ablaze  with  ruddy 
flame-like  flow- 
ers. His  first 
thought  is  to  call 

IN    GRKCIA.N    i-OLDS  .  . 

IMiotofraiih  l.y  ,\moii  HoJetipyl  OUt      tile      fire      bri" 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


15 


Hv  permission 


HULA    DANCERS 


ga.de.  Nor  is  this  the  only  blaze  in  town.  The  residential 
streets  are  all  aglow  with  the  blossoms  of  the  Poinciana 
Kegia  —  it  is  as  if  a  rain  of  molten  lava  had  fallen  on  the 
tree-tops.  At  almost  every  turn  the  visitor  is  startled  by 
these  bursts  of  tlanie-tlowers.  It  is  as  if  an  anarchistic 
plot  to  burn  the  city  had  been  foiled  by  the  sudden  trans- 
formation of  wide-spread  incipient  fires  into  masses  of  harm- 
less, lovely,  floral  flame.  Now  and  then  the  trade-wind  fans 
the  arborescent  fires  and  wakes  them  to  life,  and  petals, 
like  red-hot  embers,  fall  through 
the  grating  of  the  branches  to 
the  street  below,  where 
they  are  soon  extin- 
guished by  the  feet 
of  passers-by. 

Before  we  have 
lost    sight    of    this 
glorious  bower,  our 
cab  turns  suddenly 
and    plunges   into  a 


THK   l-LOWER-GIRLS   ARE  SHV 


1 6 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


domesticated  jungle  —  the  garden  of  the  principal  hotel  of 
Honolulu.  The  garden  is  greeh,  the  hotel  is  blue,  and  this 
scheme  of  color  pervades  the  institution  ;  for  candor  compels 
me  to  add  that  the  cooks  also  are  very  green,  and  as  a  conse- 
quence the  guests  become  thrice  a  day,  at  meal-times,  ex- 
tremely blue.  This  is  \vhere  Hawaiian  hospitality  finds  its 
noblest  scope  ;  the  traveler  is  almost  certain  to  be  asked  out 
to  dinner  at  least  three  times  a  week.  We  beamed  with  joy 
when  our  good  friends  took  pity  on  us  and  blushed  for  very, 
shame  when  we  were  served  a  second  time  to  every  course. 
There  is  no  reason  why  this  hotel  should  not  be  one  of  the 
most  delightful  in  the  western  hemisphere.  Its  situation,  struc- 
ture, and  appointments  leave  little  to  desire  ;  broad,  cool  ve- 
randas, spacious  rooms,  charming  surroundings, —  a  touch  of 
proper  management  would  render  it  ideal.  As  it  was,  thanks 
to   the    invitations   of    kind    friends  —  or,  failing  these,  visits 


I  HI-:     l'.A(.IFIC    CLIB 


Ill}      HAWAIIAN    IK  1 TKI. 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


19 


to  the  neighboring  ice- 
cream parlor  —  and  the 
hospitality  of  the  Pacific 
Club,  we  lived  like  Syb- 
arites. Our  first  sight- 
seeing excursion,  like  that 
of  every  well-regulated 
tourist,  has  for  its  object 
.1  high  place  whence  we 
may  look  down  on  Hono- 
lulu. We  choose  the 
tower  of  the  Govern- 
ment Building,  which 
commands  an  interesting 
panorama.  Looking 
landward  we  see,  far 
away,  the  verdurous 
mountains  cleft  by  val- 
levs,  flooded  with  mist 
on  the 
ht. 


and  vegetation 


HI-:  H  \\\  \i 


the  nearer  slope  of  Fun 
Bowl,  nearer  still   th 
roofs  of  houses  peep- 
ing through  the  tree- 
tops,    and    in   the 
foreground   that 
well-known  struct- 
ure, the  lolani  Pal- 
ace, once  the  abode 
of    Royalty,    now  the 
Executive    Building  o 
the   Republic    of    Ha 


HAWAIIAN    HOIKL 


20 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


THT-:   GOVERNMENT    BLILDINi. 


Above  it  waves  the  national  emblem  of  the  Islands,  a  Hag  that 
as  it  flutters  resembles  by  turns  the  flag  of   England  and  the 


HOTEL    STREET 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


21 


flag    of    the    United    States,    a    most    perplexing  peculiarity. 
The   explanation   given    us    is    plausible  and   simple. 

We  are  told  that  long  years  ago  the  king,  Kamehameha, 
desirous  that   the   new   nation    which    had    come   into   being 


THK  lOLANl   PALACE 

through  his  victories  and  his  concpicst  of  the  entire  archi- 
pelago, should  have  a  Hag  of  its  own,  chose  from  among 
the  flags  of  all  nations  the  one  he  thought  the  prettiest,  — 
the   one    his  people  liked  best, — and    in    his    simple,    head- 


22 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


amazement, 


strong  way,  disregarding  the  unwritten 
copyright  of  nations,  adopted  the  Stars 
and  Stripes  as  the  emblem  of  Hawaii. 
Strange  that  that  grand  old  savage,  who 
died  more  than  eighty  years  ago,  should 
have  anticipated  in  this  matter  the  will 
of  the  Hawaiian  people  of  to-day,  for  the 
i^ag  he  chose  as  the  prettiest  flag  was  the 
ver\'  flag  that  is  now  waving  above  the 
territor\'  of  Hawaii.  But  to  his  great 
England  protested  against  this  adoption  of  the  Stars  and 
Stripes,  and  so  his  majesty,  eager  to  please 
and  satisfy  all  parties,  struck  out  the  stars, 
and  in  the  place  of  their  blue  field,  set 
Saint  George's  cross,  the  British  emblem. 
Thus  for  the  second  time  did  old  Ka- 
mehameha  truly  prophesy,  for  the  flag 
tliat  he  designed,  the  flag  that  his  suc- 
cessors raised  over  this  their  modern 
palace,  t_\pified  the  closer  union  of  the 
two  great  Anglo-Saxon  nations.  The 
time  at  last  has  come  when  Englishmen 
and  Yankees  can  see,  without  a  trace  of 
aught  save  satisfaction,  the  Union  Jack 
and  the  Red,  White,  and  Blue, 
in  loving  ju.xtaposition  on  the 
same  expanse  of  bunting. 

And  here   in   these  Pacific  Is- 
lands the  Anglo-Saxon  —  or  per- 
haps  more  properly  the  English- 
speaking —  race  now  re- 
presents the  intelligence 
and  the  culture   of 
the    land.       The 


KAMEHAMEH \ 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


-AGS — PAST   AND   FUTL'RE 


Christianization,  civilization,  and  present  prosperity  of  Hawaii 
are    the    fruits    of    tiie   efforts    of 
English-speaking  men  and  wo- 
men.     Nor  have  those  who 
turned  the  huui  from  bar- 
barism  to  civilization 
failed  of  their  own  re- 
ward.      Riches   and 
luxurv   liavc    come   to 
the     pioneers    and    to 
their    Hawaiian-born 


24 


THE   HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


descendants.  No  cit}-  of  its  size  in 
the  entire  world  boasts  more 
luxurious,  delightful  homes 
than  Honolulu.  The  very 
approaches  to  these 
homes  are  of  almost 
regal  beauty  and  dig- 
nity- .  Royal  palms, 
like  polished  pillars, 
line  the  driveways, 
while  overhead  their 
p  1  u  in  e  s  ,  resembling 
the  old  "  kahilis,  "  or 
emblems  of  Hawaiian 
royalty,  sway  majesti- 
cally in  the  breeze.  And 
who  dwell  in  the  mansions 
to  which  these  column- 
bordered  roads  conduct .'' 
Is  the  occupant  a  native 
jirince,  or  a  throne  less 
queen .'  In  one  or  two  conspicuous  cases,  yes.  But  the 
majority  of  these  ideal  abodes  belong  to  men  and  women  of 
our  race,  to  those  who  came  in  early  da3^s  —  some  of  them 
to  harvest  souls,  others  to  harvest  sugar-cane.  One  of  these 
homes  particularly  fascinated  me.  The  house  was  modest  as  a 
cottage  ;  the  unique  and  crowning  splendor  of  the  place  con- 
sisted in  a  semicircular  peristyle  of  Royal  Palms,  an  archi- 
tectural arrangement  of  majestic  trees,  than  which  I  have 
never  seen  anything  more  thoroughly  artistic  and  satisfying 
in  any  park  or  garden  in  the  world.  The  merest  native 
hut,  fronted  by  this  classic  peristyle,  of  which  the  pillars  were 
designed  by  nature,  arranged  by  man,  and  polished,  shaped, 
and  perfected  by  the  tropic  sun  and  rain,  would  attain  palatial 


PALM-BORDER  RD    AVENGES 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


dignity.        Each   time   I    passed   before 
the  gate  and  read  the  sign  announc 
ing  that   this   house    and   garden 
were   for   sale,    I   marveled  that 
a  hundred  purchasers  were  not 
already  clamoring  at  the  door. 
There  is  no  end  to  the  va- 
riety  of    Honolulu    architect- 
ure, although  it  all  reflects  the 
inlluence   of    American  design. 
One    of    the    newest    and    most 
perfectly    appointed    homes,    in 
which  we  were  most  hospitably  en- 
tertained, was  the   home  of  an   Ameri- 
can family.       The  words   "Hawaii"     hawmian  hospitality  personified 

and  "Hospitality  '  are  to  one  who  has  visited  this  land, 
synonymous.  Never  in  any  corner  of  the  globe,  save  in  the 
foreign  settlement  in  Yokohama,  have  I  found  a  hospitality 
comparable  to  that  of  Honi)liilu  in  its  spontaneity,  its  unaf- 
fected cordialit}',  in  short,  its  genuine  genuineness.  Pardon 
the  tautology  :  good,  lawful  English  cannot  express  Hawaiian 
hospitality.  Doors  all  stand  open,  there  are  no  bells  to  ring. 
The  visitor  arrives,  walks  across  the  ^  broad  ^•eranda,  or 
lanai,    and   enters   unannounced.  -A,      M\ 

fail 


I  m-:  nisHoi'  misimm 


26 


THE   H.WNAIIAN   ISLANDS 


interiors  in    Honolulu.      The 
photographs    were    take  n 
during  the  summer  \aca- 
tion-days,  when  all  the 
little  things  that  give  a 
homelike    touch    are 
aid    away.        \\'hen 
we  Were  first  received 
in    this    unique  apart- 
ment, a  combination  of 


A    HONOLILi;    RESIDENCK 

dining-hall,  the  foun- 
tain played  in  a  min- 
iature jungle  of  young 
palms,  hooks,  maga- 
zines, and  illustrated 
papers  lay  upon  desks 
and  tables,  —  and  be- 
yond the  Pompeiian 
pillars  there   awaited 


COMFORT   AM)    LIGHT 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


us  a  table  spread  with   such  delicacies  as  are  never  seen   in 
colder    climes.      And  think   not,    O   starvinj?   stranger,    when 

hotel  thou  eatest  thy  monotonous 
et  and  mutton  three  times  daily  and 
urmurest  thy  maledictions  —  that 
culinary  art  is  alien  to  Honolulu. 
One  other  home  we  must  not 
fail    to    see,    one  famous    for    its 


TlIK    AH    r-(lNG    \T(J-A 


thirteen  fair  daughters,  almond-eyed,  accomplished,  with  the 
graces  of  the  West  and  the  mysterious  charm  of  Oriental 
women.  It  is,  of  course,  of  the  home  of  Mr.  A\\  I'ong,  the 
Chinese    Croesus,    that    I    now   speak.      But  — 

Von  have  all  heard  tlie  story  of  Mr.  Ah  Kong, 
I  '11  retell  it  in  verse,  for  it  won't  take  me  long  :  — 

How  from  China  he  came  with  his  brains  and  liis  hands, 
How  lie  landed,  a  poor  man,  on  Hawaiian  sands, 
How  he  labored  in  cane-lields,  then  traded  in  fans. 
How  wealth  beyond  counting  rewarded  his  plans. 


28 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


How  he  married  a  lady,  half  native,  half  white, 
How  he  reared  thirteen  daughters,  all  fair  in  men's  sight, 
How  he  gave  them  each  fortunes  in  strong-boxes  tight, 
How  he  wearied  of  Hawaii  and  vanished  from  sight. 

How  he  went  back  to  China  with  only  one  son, 
To  begin  life  anew  with  old  wife  number  one. 
How  his  Hawaiian  family  live  here  to  this  day, 
Rich,  happy,  resigned,  and  distinctly  an  fait. 

But,  seriously,  this  family  about  whom  so  much  has  been 
written  are  charming  people,  ami  although  I  had  not  the 
privilege    of   meeting   any   of   the    thirteen   Misses  Ah    Fong, 


THE   HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


29 


AFTER    T[IE    FIRE 


I  know  that  they  are  not  less  popular  nor  less  hospitable  than 
their  fair  Anglo-Saxon  rivals.  When  warships  are  in  port, 
the  Ah  Fong  home  becomes  a  sort  of  club  for  naval  officers, 
two  of  whom  there  lost  their  hearts  and  found  their  life  com- 
panions among  the  heiresses  of  Mr.  Ah  F"ong's  millions. 

The  business  world  of  Honolulu,  in  which  the  Chinese 
merchant  was  a  most  conspicuous  figure,  is  centered  in  five 
or  si.\  squares  of  modern  stores  and  offices.  When  on  King 
Street  the  traveler  can  easily  imagine  himself  in  the  business 
district  of  a  small  .Vmerican  town  ;  he  sees  familiar  articles 
exposed  for  sale,  reads  signs  that  he  has  read  before,  meets 
people  like  the  people  whom  he  knows  at  home.  Even 
the  policeman,  although  a  native,  is  a  reminder,  in  his 
uniform  and  manner,  of  our  gallant  Hibernian  defenders. 
We  may  find  in  half  a  dozen  drug-stores  sizzling  soda-water 
fountains  where  soft  ice-cream  and  soapy  froth  are  doled 
out  b}'  a  Japanese  or  Chinese  clerk  ;  we  may  buy  in  book- 
stores San  Francisco  papers,  in  files  of  seven  or  eight  copies, 
the  latest  copy  bearing  a  date  that  has  already  drifted  a  full 


30 


THE  HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


week  into  the  past.      The  war,  of 
■^/V^^  course,  '  wrought  havoc   with 

the  postal  ser\ice.  the 
steamers  being  all  taken 
by  the  government  to 
transport  our  troops  to 
far-away  Manila,  but  al- 
though the  regular  service 
was  interrupted,  ships  came 
in  swift  succession  loaded  down 
\\ith  gallant  Boys  in  Blue  to  the 
wharves  of  Honolulu.  And  how 
they  were  welcomed  !  Recent  history  affords  no  parallel  to 
the  unbounded  hospitality  and  enthusiasm  manifested  by  the 
people  of  Hawaii  to  these,  our  soldier  boys.  Scarce  has 
the  approach    of   a   transport  fleet  been  signaled  ere  half  the 


■•-.■=l«!5Pr';^ 


THE   NEW  ELECTRIC  CARS  —  Iqol 


rK\NSP(^RTS    FOR    MANILA 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


31 


population,  white,  brown,  and  yellow,  is  massed  along  the 
water  front.  As  the  transports  near,  cheers  are  exchanged 
and  flags  are  waved.  The  bands  on  shore  play  the  Star- 
Spangled  Banner,  the  bands  on  board  retort  with  the  Ha- 
waiian anthem.  Then  as  the  ships  swing  broadside  on,  the 
people  on  the  wharf  bombard  j^/ss  the  unarmed  Boys 
in  Blue  with  harmless,  welcome  "*5lGto"^  missiles.  The  ship 
is  met  bv  a  most  terrific  storm  of    *  " ''      |jk.    shells — cocoa- 


.MARCHING   TO   U'.^1KIK[ 


nut  shells;  a  rain  of  grape-shot  —  real  luscious  grapes,  shot 
from  eager  hands  ;  volleys  of  mangoes,  broadsides  of  bananas, 
followed  by  scattering  discharges  of  pineapples  and  papayas  ; 
and  the  boys  hurl  back,  between  the  luscious  moutlifuls, 
broadsides    of    cheers    of    gratitude. 

Then  later  in  the  day,  a  thousand  nun  or  more  are 
marched  to  the  bathing-beaches  about  four  miles  from  town. 
Cheered  b\'  the  iiojuilact-,  fDllowed  bv   children    of   every   age 


32 


THE   HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


and  color,  stared  at  by  Chinamen  and  Japanese  and  natives, 
\\  ho  thns  receive  an  object-lesson  in  the  strength  of  the 
United  States,  our  boys  march  on  at  a  swinging  pace,  happy 
to  have  escaped  from  the  ships  in  which  they  have  been 
stowed  like  bales  of  merchandise  for  seven  days  and  to  which 
they  must  return  to  remain  in  crowded  confinement  for  thirty 
days  or  more.  Arrived  at  Waikiki,  blue  uniforms  are  doffed 
and  soon  the  beach  is  alive  \\ith  pale  bodies,  topped  by  sun- 
burned faces  ;  but  as  the  supply  of  bathing-suits  numbers 
two  hundred,  and  as  there  are  a  thousand  bathers,  we  fear 
that  unless  a  miracle  like  unto  that  of  the  loaves  and  fishes 

be  immediately 
performed,  the 
multitude  will  be 
but  sparsely  clad. 
After  the  bath  we 
march  back  with 
the  boys  along  the 
road  from  Waiki- 
ki ;  like  them  we 
look  in  admiration 
at  the  tall  palm- 
trees,  the  most 
charming  feature 
of  the  Honolulu 
landscapes.  To 
me  they  seemed 
to  be  always  an- 
gr\',  ahvays  con- 
tending with  the 
t  rad  e- winds,  or 
ef  y  ing  one  an- 
other. Travelers 
lui\c    compared 

RETURNING    FROM    THE   BATM 


\()l-rNTI-:KRS    AT    WAIKIKI 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


35 


them  to  a  grove  of 
damaged  umbrellas, 
or  to  feather  dusters 
struck  by  lightning. 
But  while  we  have 
been  following  pro- 
cessions, the  people 
of  Honolulu  have 
been  busy  with  prep- 
arations for  a  ban- 
quet of  almost  four 
thousand  covers  ;  and 
at  two  o'clock  the 
grounds  of  the  Ex- 
ecutive Building  pre- 
sent a  scene  of  which 
the  pictures  can  give 
but  a  faint  notion.  Under  the  shady  trees  and  the  hastily 
erected  trellises,  half  a  mile  or  more  of  tables  have  been 
spread,   loaded    with    good    things    for    the    hungry    soldiers. 


ANGRY-LOOKING    PALMS 


36 


THE   HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


I-OK    THKHB    THOI'SAND 


For  days  the  pie-coininittee  has  been  baking  wholesale  home- 
made pies  ;  for  days  the  beverage-committee  has  been  grind- 
ing  coffee,    brewing  pop  and  ginger  ale  ;    other  connnittees 


HONOLltLU    SOCIETV 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


37 


have  worked  with  equal  zeal  to  make  this  banquet  a  suc- 
cess. The  prettiest  girls  in  Honolulu  act  as  waitresses, 
the  wives  of  high  officials  and  of  diplomats  take  command 
of  Asiatic  cooks  and  stewards.  All  Honolulu  is  assembled 
to  honor   the    men    who   go   to   fight   our   battles. 

And  as  after  the  feast  we  watch  the  troops  passing  in 
review  before  the  President  of  the  Republic  and  his  staff,  let 
me  add  that  had  the  luncheon  lasted  longer  than  it  did,  there 
could  have  been  no  review  at  all.  The  rate  at  which 
the  brass  buttons  of  the  boys  were  being  amputated  by 
the  souvenir-seeking  daughters  of  Hawaii,  promised  to 
necessitate  a  speedy  withdrawal  of  the  troops  lest,  utterly 
despoiled  of  buttons,  their  uniforms  fall  off.  Then  other  wait- 
resses collected  autographs,  using  for  albums  the  thin  wooden 
plates  on  which  the  tropic  fruit  was  served.  And  many  of 
the  Boys  in  Blue  swore  that  when  the  cruel  war  was  over, 
they    would    return    and    settle    down    for    life   in    Honolulu. 

The  freedom  of  the  entire     ^^-i^tlSKI^SSPSl^^^^         town 
was  given  to  the  troops. 
Free  street-car  rides, 
free    ice-cream 
soda,  free  beers 
at  two  saloons, 
free    baths 
and  gospel 
meetings   at 
the    Y.     M. 
C.   A.,    and 
full  liberty  to 
strip  the  trees 
of    their    fruits 
and  flowers  were 
among     the    jjrivi- 
leges  granted   to  the 


i  HI-:    KIRST    ATI  ACK 


38 


THE    HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


men.  It  is  a  fact  well  worthy  of  record  that  of  the  thou- 
sands of  young  Americans,  turned  loose  after  a  week's  cap- 
tivity on  shipboard  not  one  abused  these  privileges.  Dozens 
of  pretty  girls  patrolled  the  streets,  carrying  floral  garlands. 
They  decorated  every  soldier  whom  they  met,  luinging  a  lei 
around  his  neck   or    fixing   crowns    of    flowers    on    his    head. 


■EBB^sraa 


SiN'.    IN    Kh\lt:U' 


And  this  unheard-of  exhibition  of  good-will  was  not  a  unique 
instance.  Three  expeditions  met  with  a  like  reception  while 
we  were  in  Hawaii  ;  and  Honolulu  stood  prepared,  with 
money  gladly  offered,  and  with  innate  loving-kindness,  to 
speed  the  coming  regiments  upon  their  way,  or  to  care  for 
the  sick  and  helpless  in  her  Red  Cross  Hospital.      In  all  she 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


39 


IN    FLORAL    CHAINS 


welcomed  and 
feasted  no  fewer 
than  twent\-  thou- 
sand men.  And 
tfiis  in  defiance  of 
all  precedent  in 
international  law. 
Hawaii,  the  tini- 
est of  the  nations 
dared,  even  be- 
fore the  news  of 
Dewey's  victory, 
to  declare  that, 
annexation  or  no 
anne.xation,  the 
troops  of  the 
United  States  should  find  a  haven  and  a  welcome  here. 
But  we  must  turn  to  those  things  which  are  of  paramount 
interest  to  travelers  who  visit  Honolulu  at  less  e.xciting 
seasons.  First  there  is  the  traditional  e.xcursion  to  the 
Pali,  the  historic  precipice  at  the  head  of  Nuuanu  Valle\-, 
a  little  more  than  six  miles 
from  the  sea  and  about 
twelve  hundred  feet 
above  it.  W'ehave 
come  up  through 
a  verdant  val- 
ley until,  sud- 
denly emerging 
from  the  gap 
b  e  t  w  e  e  n  tall 
green-clad  pinna 
cles  of  rock,  we 
find    ourselves    upon 


THK   I'IKST 


1  HI-;    LOCAL    K\-M    rWOSS 


40 


THE   HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


the  verge  of  an  abyss  from  which  a  wind  of  such  great 
violence  sweeps  up  that,  were  a  suicide  to  leap  out  into 
space,  he  would  undoubtedly  be  tossed  back  upon  the  road 
as    by    the    fury    of    a    mighty    wave    of    the    ocean. 


THK    WAY    TO    THE    PALI 


So  impressive  is  the  scene  that  travelers  do  not  often 
speak  while  gazing  upon  it  ;  in  fact,  they  dare  not. 
Some  one  has  said:  "If  you  open  your  mouth  at  the  Pali, 
you  can't  shut  it  again  until  you  get  in  the  lee  of  some- 
thing,—  the  wind  blows    so    hard." 

This  Pali  is  the  scene  of  the  most  dramatic  event  re- 
corded in  Hawaiian  history.  Here  in  1795  the  great  con- 
queror, Kamehameha,  defeated  the  warriors  of  the  King  of 
Oahu,  and  they,  in  desperation,  leaped  from  the  Pali  rather 
than   live  to  see  their  island  subjugated. 

The  new  road,  to  the  parapet  of  which  we  cling  while 
the  wind  tugs  fiercely  at   us,  leads  down  into  a  strange,  silent 


THE   HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS 


41 


world,  different  from 
the  other  side.      Bel 
rice-fields,     pastur 
mills,     and     villages 
beyond,  the  blue  sea 
is   dovetailed    into 
the  green  and  tes- 
s elated    shores. 
Few^  travelers  de- 
scend   into   this 
peaceful  world  de- 
spite the  fact  that 
the  old  trail,  so  steep 
and    cruel,    has    been 
replaced  by  the  finest 
modern  road  in  all 
the  island  ;   most 
are  content  to  look 
down    upon    it     wist- 
fully, and  then  releasing  '^'"^  '"'"-' 
their  hold  upon  the  parapet,  they  are  blown  ignominiously  back 
through  the  gateway  into  Nuuanu  Valley.     I  defy  an  arch- 
bishop or  a  crowned  head  to  look  dignified  while  in  the  grasp 
of  the  riotous  breezes  of  the  Pali.     Pursued  by  the  importunate 
winds  we  hasten  back  to  Honolulu.     Viewed  from  a  height  the 
city  itself  appears  submerged  in  a  sea  of  verdure,  from  which 
arise  the  spires  of  the  churches,  the  lighthouses  of  the  land. 
The  roofs  of  other  structures  float  like  giant  whales  amid  the 
waves  of  green,  while  in  the  distance,  like  a  small  volcanic 
island,  the  extinct  crater  of   Diamond  Head  lifts  its  scarred, 
savage  form.      And  yonder,  near  the  base  of    Diamond  Head, 
is  Waikiki,  where,  as  the  poet  says  :  — 

"The  cocoa,  with  its  crest  of  pahiis, 
Stands  sentry  rouml  the  crescent  shore." 


42 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


And  the  word  "  Waikiki  "  recalls  to  us,  as  to  almost 
every  traveler,  delightful  reminiscences.  As  we  find  ourselves 
amid  the  cocoa-palms  at  Waikiki,  we  understand  why  this 
delightful  suburb  is  considered  a  sort  of  subdivision  of  Para- 
dise. Beautiful  villas  line  the  beach  or  hide  themselves  amid 
the  tropic  verdure  of  the  gardens  bordering  the  wide  and 
dusty  road  ;  along  this  road  invalid  street-cars  crawl,  re- 
minding one  of  poor  consumptives  exiled  to  this  land  of 
perfect  days  in  order  to  prolong  their  lives.      But  Waikiki  is 


HONOLULU   FRO.M   PACIFIC   HEIGHTS 

not  entirely  given  up  to  the  homes  of  wealth  and  luxury  ;  it 
is  as  well  a  paradise  for  the  mixed  Asiatic  population,  and 
here  }'oung  China  and  Japan  are  seen  in  all  their  sweet 
simplicity. 

Mark  Twain  has  told  us  of  seeing  here  "  certain  smoke- 
dried  children,  clothed  in  nothing  but  sunshine  — a  very  neat- 
fitting  and  picturesque  apparel  indeed.  "  Here,  also,  are  the 
rice-fields  tilled  by  patient  Orientals,  and  here  are  the  taro 
patches,  where  the  natives  grow  their  favorite  \egetable. 

A  word  about  the  indispensable  taro  plant  and  its  uses 
may  be  in  order  here  ;  for  the  root  of  this  plant  is  the  staple 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


45 


A    DISl  Kl  SI  1   I    1 


mentation    soon 


begins. 


article  of  food  for  the 
native  population. 
The  root  resembles  a 
corpulent  sweet  po- 
tato ;  when  cooked, 
it  rapidly  assumes  a 
purplish,  mildewed 
look.  After  this  it  is 
mashed  and  mixed 
with  water  until  a  sort 
of  dingy,  paper-hang- 
er's paste  is  formed. 
This  cold,  thick  soup 
is  set  aside  and  fer- 
And    this   sour,    semi-fermented, 


LOOKING     rOWAKl'    WAIKIkl 


46 


THE   HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


,or  Hensh.iM 

ASIATIC    INFANTS 


great  gusto 


mushy,  mildewy, 
mass  of  lavender 
matter  is  the  fa- 
mous "  poi,  '  the 
favorite  food  of 
the  Hawaiian 
people  .  It  ap- 
peals as  well  to 
the  adopted  chil- 
dren of  the  land, 
and  the  traveler 
may  see  youthful 
Orientals  dipping 
their  fingers  into 
pails  of  poi  with 
But  we  must  here  digress  to  remark  that  while 

one    of    these    poi-fed    heathen    in    the    picture  seems  to  be 

smilingly  telling  us  that  his  mother  used  Wool  Soap,  another 

little  chap  dares  not  look  up,  because  his  mama  didn't.      To 

return  to  our  poi. 

You    must    know 

that  it  is  most  nu- 
tritious ;   it  is  said 

that    one    square 

mile  of  taro  patch 

will  feed   fifteen 

thousand    natives    r^  j 

for  a  year.       The    W 

man   who    is    the    — 

owner   of    forty    ^^^v 

square  feet  of  taro    "^^ 

land  need  take  no 

thought    for    the 

morrow  ;  only  an 

Sl'GGKSTS    wool     SOAP 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


47 


hour's  work  per  day,  and  the  great  problem  of  existence  is 
solved  for  him,  and  he  is  free  to  spend  the  other  twenty-three 
hours  of  the  tropic  day  and  night  in  happy  idleness.  But 
while  the  natives  sing  away  the  hours,  the  thrifty  Japanese 
and  the  industrious  Chinese  is  slowly  but  surely  possessing 
himself  of  the  heritage  of  the  Kanaka.  The  Asiatic  can  live 
on  as  little  as  the  native,  but  while  the  one  is  lazy  the  other  is 
indefatigable  and  profits  doubly  by  the  bounty  of  Dame  Nature. 


DIAMOND    Hh.AU    1- KOM    l'At:iFK'    IIKIGHIS 


It  is  said  that  the  Hawaiian  people  numbered  400,000  when 
the  islands  were  discovered,  and  to-day  there  are  scarcely 
thirty  thousand  of  them  left.  Fifteen  years  ago  there  were 
not  a  lunidrcd  Jajjanese  in  the  islands.  To-day  Japan  is 
represented  by  25,000  of  her  lKUih\-orking  peasants  and  her 
shrewd  business  men.  China  has  sent  more  than  twenty 
thousand  pig-tailed  natives  hither.  Fifteen  thousand  Portu- 
guese are  now  competing  with  them. 

While  we  pass  a  typical  Hawaiian  home,—  the  home  that 
has  supplantt'il  the  primitive  grass  hut,  we  cannot  but  fear  that 


48 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


the  leisure-loving 
native  is  doomed. 
He  Nourished  like 
the  vegetation  of 
his  island  so  long 
as  he  was  left  to 
grow  his  taro, 
pick  his  mango, 
and  idly  repose. 
There  was  no  ne- 
cessity for  labor. 
Then  the  white 
man  came  with 
his  doctrine  of  ac- 
tivity, whereupon 
for  the  first  time  the  curse  of  Cain  descended  on  this  happy 
land.      The  islander  did  not  resist  ;  one  by  one  he  simply  laid 


riiotopr.iph  by  Profe'iSOr  Henshaw 

CELKSTIAL  CONTEMPLATION 


A  HAWAIIAN    HO.MIi 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


49 


him  down  to  die  ;  he  will  revenge 
himself  by  disappearing  from 
the  earth  where  he  no  long- 
er feels  at  home.  Within 
another  century  there 
may  not  be  one  of  these 
pure-blooded  islanders 
to  raise  the  cry,  "  Ha- 
waii for  the  Hawaii- 
ans.  "  Since  1853  the 
nation  has  decreased 
one-half.  Fifty  short 
years  ago  there  were  living 
just  twice  as  many  natives  as 
there  are  to-day.  Are  not  these 
startling  facts  ?  Two  deaths  to  every 
birth.  Truly,  there  never  was  a  land  that  stood  in  greater 
need  of  immigration  that  its  daily  work  might  be  done,  that 
its  destinies  might  be  guided  bj^  wise,  thoughtful  men.  The 
Orient  supplies  the  needed   hands,  America  the  brains.      And 


KANAKA  FAMILY 


brains  are  surely 
this  small  corn- 
numbers  all  told 
edict  to  be  made 
printed   in  five 


necessary  wisely  to  rule 
munity,  for  although  it 
only  109,000  souls,  every 
intelligible  to  all  must  be 
different  languages.  To 
ti\    in    mind    more    firmly 


A   TYPICAL    HAWAIIAN 


50 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


IN   FIVE   LANGTAGES 


tlie  relative  strength  of  the  various  peoples  in  Hawaii,  let  me 
say,  in  drawing  your  attention  to   a   printed 
tax-notice,  that  the  Ai'/so  aos  Coutrilm- 
////t\s\  will  be  reatl  b\"   fifteen  thousand 
Portuguese;  the  "Hoolaha'    by  thirty 
thousand  Hawaiians,  the  ' '  Tax-Asses- 
sor s  Notice"  by  two  thousand  Eng- 
lish and   3,000  Americans  ;    that   the 
lower  left-hand   hieroglyphics  convey 
a  meaning    to    the    minds  of    25,000 
Japanese,  and  the  right-hand  rows  of 
ideographs  bring  a  message  causing  sor- 
row   to    22,000    Chinese  taxpayers. 


PRESIDENT   DOl-K 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


51 


IHK    WAN 


\\  A  1  K  I  K  I 


This  mixed  population,  scattered  over  the  eight  inhabited 
islands  of  the  group,  has  been  as  clay  in  the  hands  of  a  few 
hundred  wide-awake  American  potters.  The  New  England 
missionaries  found  Hawaii  in  1820  a  savage  pagan  despotism  ; 
with  the  potter's  wheel  of  Christianity  they  molded  it  into 
a    law-abiding    Christian    monarchy  ;     and,    this     less     crude 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


vessel  having  served  its  time,  they  who  had  formed  it  broke 
it  ;  and  then  with  the  cement  of  expediency  they  put  to- 
gether its  shattered  pieces  in  the  form  of  a  repubhc  and  gave 
it  into  the  care  of  a  most  admirable  man,  who  by  his  wise 
and  zealous  guardianship  has  won  the  world's  respect;  and 
finallv,  lest  aliens  should  lay  rough  hands  upon  this  carefully 
reformed  and  restored  piece  of  pottery  so  delicate  and  un- 
protected, its  guardians  sent  it  as  a  gift  to  a  rich  and  power- 


THE    NEW    MOANA    HOTEL    1-KuM     I  HE    i'lER 


ful  relative,  a  certain  Uncle  Sam,  who  had  recently  de- 
veloped a  passion  for  "insular  ceramics";  and  Uncle  Sam, 
enthusiastic  collector  that  he  is  now  become,  has  placed 
this  beautiful  Pacitic  specimen  securely  on  the  shelves  of 
his  National  Museum,  to  rest  in  definite  security  forever  side 
bv  side  with  other  lovely  tropic  curios  recently  acquired  in 
the    Caribbean   and   the    China   Seas. 

But  let  us  now  make  the  acquaintance  of  our  new  fellow- 
citizens  of  our  own  race,  whose  dwellings  line  the  shore  at 
Waikiki.  Never  shall  I  forget  the  entertainment  that  was 
here  offered  us  one  perfect  afternoon.  We  often  speak  of 
unique  entertainments.      How  many    times   in   life   does   one 


THE    HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


53 


attend  an  entertainment  that  is  in  truth  unique  or  even 
novel  ?  Scarce  once  in  twenty  years  ;  yet  among  our  ex- 
periences in  Hawaii  \ve  can  count  two  that  are  unparalleled. 
We  were  one  day  invited  to  a  Poi  luncheon,  a  native  feast, 
or  liiaii  with  the  natives  and  discomforts  all  eliminated.  The 
scene  of  the  affair  was  the  lanai  of  a  residence  at  Waikiki. 
The  lanai  is  the  one  necessary  feature  of  a  Hawaiian  resi- 
dence ;  there  is  no  absolute  need  of  a  house  with  rooms,  or 
halls  or  parlors, —  but  a  bi'oad,  open  space,  roofed  with  a 
trellis,  carpeted  with  mats,  furnished  with  reclining-chairs, 
hannnocks,  and  a  well-stocked  sideboard  is  the  soul-center 
of  the  typical  Hawaiian  home.  It  is  the  simplest,  cheapest, 
and  most  supremely  luxurious  institution  ever  devised  by 
man  in  the  name  of  comfort.  Man  has  but  to  choose  the 
spot,  do  a  little  simple  carpentry,  plant  a  tree  and  a  vine, 
and  Nature  will  soon  transform  the  wooden  skeleton  into  a 
bower  of  delight  and  beauty.  Well,  it  was  in  such  a  leafy- 
roofed  apartment  that  a  merry  company  one  day  sat  down 
to  watch  two  strangers  struggle  with  the  fearful  mysteries  of 
a  native  feast,  which  to  the  unaccustomed  eye  looks  like 
a  gastronomic  nightmare.  I  shall  not  try  to  tell  you  what 
we  ate,    though    I    may    gather  courage  soon  to  tell  you  how 


54 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


we  ate  the  very  various  and  uncominon,  but  distinctly  tooth- 
some novelties  that  were  heaped  before  us  on  a  table  that 
resembled  a  huge  bank  of  fresh  green  ferns.  The  natives 
sit  upon  the  ground  to  feast,  but  we  are  spared  this  added 
embarrassment  and  give  our  whole  attention  to  the  seemingly 
impossible  task  of  eating  the  weird  things  prepared  to  give 
our  foreign  palates  many  a  shock  of  surprise.  First,  there 
is  poi, —  in   calabashes  made   of  cocoanut  shells.      We  wash 


ciur  hiigers  in  a  proffered  basin  and,  like  our  experienced 
fellow-feasters,  deftly  jilunge  two  fingers  into  the  sticky 
mess.  It  is  like  caressing  a  bowl  of  \\arm  lavender  ice- 
cream that  is  on  the  point  of  dissolution.  Instinctively  we 
draw  our  fingers  out  again,  but  lo  !  each  one  is  poulticed 
with  a  thick  coat  of  poi  ;  which,  ere  it  drips  and  drops,  must 
be  transported  in  safety  through  the  air,  conveyed  to  a 
reluctant  mouth,   and   introduced  to  a  rebellious  palate. 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


55 


We  therefore  try  to  imitate  the  other  guests.  We  wave 
our  poi-daubed  lingers  in  the  air,  describing  first  an  S  and  then 
a  figure  eight.  This  maneuver  with  the  others  brings  the 
poi  to  their  e.xpectant  lips  ;  but  executed  by  our  unpracticed 
hands,  it  leaves  us  at  its  conclusion  with  the  poi  adorning 
our  cravats  or  rubbed  into  our  eyes.  My  friend,  to  cover 
his  confusion,  picks  up  and  eats  complacently  a  little  bean- 
like//r>r^-   dir/tiTt which   proves   to    be    a   pepper   of   the 

hottest   breed  —  and   the   contortions    in    which   he   then    in- 


'^''!^l' 


AT    THE    RACES - 


\\  A I  K  I  K  I 


dulges  make  even  the  calm-faced  Japanese  mosquito-chasers 
smile  bland,  Oriental  smiles.  Thus  having  at  one  fell  swoop 
done  our  very  worst,  we  boldly  attack  the  other  viands  with 
our  clumsy  fingers,  and  find  much  genuine  enjoyment  in 
violating  every  rule  of  table  etiquette.  But  everything  tasted 
good,  and  even  the  assurance  that  the  meat  which  we 
thought  to  be  delicious  young  pig,  was  nothing  less  than  a 
succulent  slice  of  a  poi-fattened  dog,  could  not  thereafter 
disconcert  us,   for  we  did  not  credit  that  assurance. 

Hut    let    me    now    present    our    host    and     hostess  —  the 
gallant  Marshal  of  the  Islands,  in  his  uniform  of  snowy  duck. 


56 


THK   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


and  his  charming  wife,  who  raises  her  glass  as  if  to  drink  a 
toast  to  speedy  annexation.  But  this  toast  is  not  even  pro- 
posed ;  courtesy  forbids  ;  for  in  the  place  of  honor  at  the 
Marshal's  right  sits  a  young  girl  to  whom  annexation  means 
the  abandonment  of  hope,  the  end  of  her  dream  of  royalty. 
Princess  Kaiulani,  niece  of  the  ex-queen  and  heiress  to  the 
throne  of  Hawaii,  sits  there  in  friendly  converse  with  those 
who,  had  it  not  been  for  the  mistakes  of  Liliuokalani,  would 
have  been  compelled  to  bend  the  knee  to  her  as  subjects. 
As  it  is,  she  is  queen  in  the  hearts  of  many,  although  her  dis- 
appointments and  sorrows  have  tinged  her  character  with  just 
a  shade  of  bitterness,  for  it  is  difficult  to  be  resigned  to  a  career 
so  different  from  that  which  fortune  promised.  During  the 
eight  years  of  her  school-life  in  England,  she  was  received 
as  a  princess  and  an  equal  by  the  royal  family  of   England  ; 


A    SfKl-lM.     I'AKIV 


riiotoj^'rapll  by  D.ivi-y 


I'RINCESS    KAIULANI 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


59 


Sl!KK    CANllI-:^ 


the  throne  of  Hawaii  was  to  be  hers  in  time  ;  the  revenues  of 
the  crown  lands  were  to  be  hers  to  do  with  as  she  wished. 
She  was  to  be  a  queen.  Then  came  the  bloodless  revolution, 
and  Princess  Kaiulani  returns  to  find  herself  merely  the 
daughter  of  a  Scotch  gentleman,  to  find  her  revenues  reduced 
from  a  royal  privy-purse  of  a  hundred  thousand  a  year  to 
a  meager  pension  of  $3,000,  sparingly  granted  by  the  new 
republic.  It  is  not  possible  to  meet  a  throneless  queen, 
especially  if  she  be  twenty-two  years  old  and  pretty,  and  not 
become    a    rabid    royalist. 

But  to  return  to  our  interrupted  feast.  The  luau  is  ended. 
What  we  have  eaten  we  have  eaten  ;  peace  be  unto  it !  be 
it  pig  or  dog,  for  without    question    it   was   appetizing.      The 


6o 


THE  HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


afternoon  hours  are  soon  wafted  into  a  regretted  past  on  the 
wings  of  music  and  song.  Native  musicians  chant  and  strum 
their  iikidalis,  tlie  guests  join  in  the  soft  refrains,  until  at 
hist  tlie  host  and  hostess  give  the  signah  and  all  hands  dis- 
appear into  the  bathing  houses,  to  don  the  costume  which 
is  used  when  Honolulu  society  pays  the  daily  visit  to  their 
grand  old  neighbor,  Father  Neptune.  All  reappear  in  bath- 
ing suits,  but  each  retains  the  lei  of  flowers,  as  a  token  that 
festivities  are  not  yet  over.  In  fact,  the  best  is  still  to  come. 
This  is  to  be  no  ordinary  swimming  party,  no  casual  daily 
dip  in  the  cool  blue  ocean,  which  here  almost  invades  the 
drawing-room.  There's  better,  newer  fun  in  store  for  us  — 
we  are  to  ride  the  surf  in  native  boats  —  a  water-sport  more 
thrilling,  more  delightful  than  anything  ever  devised  by  man 
in   civilized    lands.      Surf-riding   is    the    sport  par  excellence 

with  Polynesians. 
The  boatmen 
who  so  promptly 
appear  to  make 
ready  the  Mar- 
.sluil's  little  fleet 
of  five  canoes,  are 
pictures  of  Ha- 
waiian ph\-sical 
perfection  and 
seem  as  eager  as 
young  boys  to  be- 
gin their  welcome 
and  exhilarating 
labors. 

A  word  about 
the  boats  in  which 
we  are  to  receive 
more  real  concen- 


IHI-:    MARSHAL'S     FLEET 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


63 


trated  pleasure  than  usually  falls  to  the  lot  of  man  in  a 
single  afternoon.  They  are  very  long  and  very  narrow, 
but  there  is  scarce  a  possibility  of  their  capsizing,  for  the 
heavy  outriggers,  fixed  to  the  extremities  of  the  curving 
beams,  will  keep  us  safely  right-side  up.  Our  canoes  are 
quickly  launched,  and  with  all  hands  on  board,  speed  swiftly, 
furiously  out  to  sea,  propelled  by  paddles  wielded  by  strong 
bronze  arms.  Five  happy  boat-loads  race  far  out  to  meet 
the  huge  incoming  breakers  ;  then  when  we  reach  the  place 
where  the  grand  ocean-swells  come  rolling  in  like  smooth, 
watery  mountain-ranges,  we  pause  and  wait,  allowing  fluid 
Catskills  and  liquid  Alleghanies  to  glide  past  us,  for  we  are 
waiting  for  the  Rockies  or  the  Himalayas.  At  last  there  comes 
a  range  of  billows  worthy  of  our  crews,  who  raise  a  wild  shout. 
"  Hoi,  Hoi,  Hoi,  "  the  boatmen  howl,  and  this  word  is  taken 
up  in  shrill  cries  by  the  women  ;  then  all  hands  paddle 
frantically  shorewards  until  the  boat  attains  the  proper 
speed  —  a  speed  that  permits  the  towering  v.all  of  water  to 
overtake  the  canoe  and  lift  up  the  stern.  From  that  mo- 
ment we  are  the  toy  and  plaything  of  that  shoreward-moving 
ridge  of  water.  Our  little  bark  tries  to  slide  down  and  away, 
but  the  huge  curler  follows  us  so  fast  that  our  relative  posi- 
tions remain  the  same,  and  on  we  rush  together,  wave  push- 
ing boat  and  boat 
gliding  down  wave 
at  a  speed  of  thirty 
miles  an  hour.  We 
literally  slide  down 
hill  on  an  advanc- 
ing chute  of  wattT 
for  Tiiore  than  half 
a  mile.  Each  sec- 
ond we  expect  to 
see  the  chasing, 


THE   BFACH   AT   WAIKIKI 


64 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


foaming  palisade,  upon  the  face  of  which  the  canoe  is  held  as 
by  some  mysterious  attraction,  overwhelm  us  ;  yet  it  does 
not,  and  thus  we  are  hurled  forward,  always  about  to  be 
overtaken,  always  escaping  in  tiie  nick  of  time.  And  mingled 
with  the  roar  of  waters  are  the  cries  of  the  riders,  half 
crazed  with  delight.  There  before  me  is  the  Princess  Kaiu- 
lani,  her  face  aglow  with  excitement,  shouting  and  paddling 
frantically,    her  eyes  flashing  with  the  wild  pleasure  of  it  all, 


h     t'l-lAIJL    HAKBOK 


as  doubtless  the  eyes  of  her  princely  ancestors  flashed  in  the 
days  when  surfing  was  exclusively  a  royal  sport.  So  thrilling 
is  it  all  that  we  forget  the  beach  until  with  a  sudden  broad 
stroke  of  the  paddle  our  helmsman  swings  us  out  of  the  grip 
of  the  curler,  which  hisses  angrily  beneath  our  keel  and  rushes 
to  its  death  uptm  the  glittering  sands. 

Then  out  we  race  for  another  and  another  of  these 
exhilarating  dashes.  And  while  waiting  there  near  the  reef, 
for  waves  worthy  of  our  mettle,  all  hands  plunge  overboard, 
and  the  sea  around  the  canoes  is  alive  with  human  porpoises, 


THE   HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS 


67 


until  at  the  cry  of  "  Hoi!"  again,  all  clamber  in  and  paddle 
and  yell  and  thrill  with  the  very  joy  of  living.  What  if  one 
boat  was  swamped  by  a  huge  breaker?  —  the  passengers  feel 
more  at  home  in  water,  and  the  women  rioat  about  com- 
placently until  men  have  skilfully  baled  out  the  long  and 
slender  craft.  What  if  w^e  did  learn  on  returning  to  the 
Marshal's  that  a  shark  had  been  seen  cruising  inside  the 
reef.'  —  we  know  that  we  have  added  to  our  store  of  happv 
days  one  that  was  worth  the  journey  of  eight  thousand  miles. 
The  apparition  of  the  shark  suggested  to  other  friends  the 
second  unique  enter- 
tainment to  which  we 
were  bidden,  —  a  real 
shark-hunting  e.\pe- 
dition.  A  few  days 
later  we  found  our- 
selves at  sunset  cruis- 
ing in  the  calm  waters 
of  Pearl  Harbor.  As 
the  haunt  of  man-eat- 


ing sharks  and  as  the 
scene  of  many  an  ex- 
citing chase.  Pearl 
Harbor  is  famous  in 
Hawaii 


SHARK    Hl'NTERS 

but  it  has,  as  we  know,  a  wider  fame,  as  the  only 
available  site  for  a  naval  station  in  all  that  vast  watery  desert 
between  California  and  .\sia,  between  Alaska  and  the 
Antarctic  seas.  It  is  not  only  the  sole  safe  harbor  of 
Hawaii,  it  is  as  perfectly  adapted  to  the  needs  of  a 
modern  nasal  power  as  if  it  had  been  planned  and  dredged 
and  blasted  out  by  na\al  engineers.  The  entrance  is 
seven  miles  west  of  Honolulu  ;  a  channel  a  third  of  a  mile 
in  width  gives  access  to  an  inland  lake,  six  miles  by  three, 
dividetl  into  four  calm   lochs   bv   two   ptMiinsulas  and   a  pretty 


68 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


OL'K    hUTLRE    NAVAL    HAIiUo;; 


island.  The  water  is  from  five  to  ten  fathoms  deep  ;  in 
many  places  men-of-war  could  be  moored  immediately  along- 
side the  coral  bluffs,  in  seven  fathoms  of  clear  water.  No 
hurricanes  can  reach  this  haven,  no  malaria  broods  upon  the 
shores  by  night  ;  there  is  abundant  water  from  artesian  wells, 
and  Honolulu  is  but  twenty  minutes  distant  by  the  railway. 
The  removal  of  a  sandbar,  a  very  simple  proposition,  will 
transform  these  almost  virgin  waters  into  the  grandest, 
safest,  and  most  attractive  harbor  in  the  world.  Nature  ap- 
parently foresaw  the  destiny  of  these  Pearl  Lochs,  for  she 
has  wisely  built  a  coral  belt,  two  and  one-half  miles  wide 
between  the  inner  lochs  and  the  sea  ;  then  to  prevent  the 
landing  of  an  enemy  — to  force  an  attacking  fleet  to  abandon 
strategy,  to  compel  it  to  transact  its  business  at  the  fortified 
front-door,  she  has  concealed  beneath  the  fawning  breakers, 
far  out  at  sea,  a  deadly  coral-reef,  which  may  be  passed 
only  by  ships  that  steer  directly    for    the    harbor    entrance. 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


69 


For  more  than  twenty  years  this 
harbor  has  belonged  to  the 
United  States,  for  it  was 
granted  us  in  1876,  in 
exchange  for  the  re 
mission  of  duties  on 
Hawaiian  sugar. 
And  as  we  look 
upon  the  waters, 
charmed  to  slum- 
ber by  the  moon, 
we  remember  that 
Hawaii  was  not  slow 
to  profit  by  the  Reci- 
procity Treaty.  She 
owes  to  it  her  present  pros- 
perity ;  but  the  United  States 
has  not  yet  seen  fit  to  dredge 
out  a  few  thousand  tons  of  sand,  and  thus  open  to  its  ships 
the  grandest  refuge  in  the  western  hemisphere.  Let  us  hope 
the  future  will  soon  see  our  fleets  at  anchor  in  this  ideal  harbor. 
Our  errand  here  is  not  a  peaceful  one.  We  come  to 
make  war  on  the  monsters  of  the  deep.  Our  fighting  fleet 
consists  of  a  stanch  whaleboat,  manned  by  a  native  crew, 
and  a  small  sailing-yacht  in  which  about  a  score  of  ladies 
and  gentlemen  are  whiling  away  the  afternoon  with  music. 
As  dusk  approaches,  the  disconcerting  fact  transpires  that 
the  bait  has  been  forgotten,  and  hence  a  detachment  of 
amateur  marines  is  detailed  to  effect  a  landing  and  secure 
at  any  cost  some  tempting  piece  of  flesh,  be  it  a  Kanaka 
baby  or  a  poi-fed  dog.  The  party  wades  ashore,  attacks  a 
native  settlement,  captures  a  poor  white  goat,  and  tlic  brute, 
as  if  it  had,  like  men,  a  foreknowledge  of  death,  is  so  loud 
in    its    complaints    and    protests    that    we   fear    that    it     will 


THK   WHALEBOAT    CREW 


70 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


OUR   CATCH 

which  our  native    servants    striv 
charm   us.      But  finally  its  voice 
is   stilled,   and    a    few    hoii 
later  we  find  ourselves  float- 
ing between  sea  and  sky  at 
the  gateway  of  Pearl  Har- 
bor, ready  to  make  it  in- 
teresting for  the  man-eat- 
ers of  the  deep.     The  four 
quarters  of  the  musical  goat 
now  dangle  on  huge  hooks,  deep 
in  the  waters  at  the  e.xtremities  of 


certainly  frighten 
the  sharks  away. 
Even  while  we 
picnic  at  sunset 
on  the  shore,  the 
lamentations  of 
that  goat  break  in 
now  and  again 
upon  the  sweet 
soft   music   with 


BRINGING  THI-:  SHARK-BAH 


TWIiLNE    I-hl-.T    I-orU    INCHES 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


71 


long  lines,  and  here  and 
lere  the  moonUght  shows 
us  on  the  surface  of  the 
sea  spots  that  are  red 
— not  blue.  Patience 
is  the  first  qualifica- 
tion of  the  successful 
shark  fisher,  but  with 
our  happy  company  the 
ours  glide  by  with  merry 
less,  and  it  is  half-past 
AT  DR.  MCGREWs  006  lu  tlic  mornioff  before  we  cease 
to  talk  and  begin  to  seek  for  soft  boards  on  which  to  lie  and 
doze.  We  have  decided  that  as  a  jolly  picnic  our  excursion  is 
a  huge  success,  but  as  for  sharks  —  they  are  a  myth.  We  have 
forgotten  them,  and  soon  all  hands  are  fast  asleep.  And  then, 
of  course,  when  nobody  was  looking,  we  got  a  bite,  and  there 
followed  a  moment  of  excitement  we  shall  not  soon  forget. 
At  two  o'clock  one  of  the  ropes  snaps  taut,  three  men  take 
hold,  and  haul  in  with  a  will,  two  or  three  shrieks  of  excite- 
ment rise  from  the  ladies,  a  crowding  of  all  hands  to  the  port 
side  follows ;  there  is  a  glimpse  of  some  huge  thing  now 
black,  now  white,  struggling  alongside,  churning  the  water 
to  foam.  Then  three  shots  from  a  repeating  Winchester 
are  fired  point-blank  into  that  vortex  of  flesh  and  blood  and 
foam,  then  more  spasmodic  struggles,  and  then  a  brief  de- 
ceptive calm,  during  which  we  on  our  hands  and  knees  lean 
over  and  examine  the  still  palpitating  body  of  our  victim. 
Later,  we  measured  him,  and  he  was  12  feet  4  inches  long. 
One  of  the  crew  rashly  attempted  to  fix  a  rope  around 
the  shark.  This  woke  him  to  new  life,  and  even  after  he 
has  been  firmly  moored  alongside,  life  lingers  in  the  per- 
forated carcass  for  two  hours  or  more  ;  and  every  now  and 
then   the  yacht   is  shaken,  and    the  sleeping  guests  disturbed 


72 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


by  the  monster  in  his  supreme  fight  with  death.  All  night 
we  he  on  the  hard  deci<s,  hoping  to  hve  again  those  moments 
of  excitement,  but  other  sharks  are  shy,  and  when  the  sun 
comes  up,  it  finds  our  three  other  lines  untouched,  and  the 
poor  mortals  who  have  watched  all  night  uncomfortable  and 
hollow-eyed,  but  happy,  hungry,  and  content. 

And  after  a  sunrise  picnic  on  the  shore  we  cruise  away 
and  make  a  Sunday-morning  call  at  one  of  the  delightful 
summer  homes  that  border  on  the  shores  of  our  future  naval 
harbor.  We  are  received  by  a  man,  than  whom  no  one  has 
done  more  to  bring  about  the  annexation  of  the  Islands  to 
the  United  States,  for  Dr.  McGrew,  our  host,  is  called  the 
"Father  of  Annexation,"  and,  more  than  this,  he  is  one 
of  the  most  kindly  and  delightful  old  gentlemen  between 
America  and  Asia.  CouUl  he  have  had  his  way,  we  should 
be  still  enjoying  his  hospitality,  and  through  his  aid  discover- 
ing other  charms  of  the  island  of  Oahu.  But  we  may  not 
linger ;  we  must  now 
sail  away  toward  the 
other  islands  that  lie 
just  out  of  sight  across 
the  summer  sea.  We 
have  not  time  to  do  full 
justice  to  any  one  of 
the  eight  islands,  and 
I  must  here  beg  the  in- 
dulgence of  those  who 
may  find  that  I  have 
left  u  n  V  i  s  i  t  e  d  the 
places  in  which  they 
are  most  interested. 
A  comprehensive  lect- 
ure on  Hawaii  woul 
occupy   five  times   the 


THE   HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS  71 


IN    FATHER    DAMIEN  S   HAND 


space  here  given  and  then  leave  untouched  many  inter- 
esting and  picturesque  sites  and  situations. 

As  we  sail  this  midnight  ocean,  we  see  again  upon  the 
dim  horizon  the  shape  of  Molokai,  the  leper  island,  and  from 
out  the  darkness  there  shines  forth  a  vision  of  that  face, 
the  radiance  of  which  for  more  than  sixteen  years  illuminated 
that  place  of  living  death.  The  sacrifice  of  Father  Damien, 
the  Belgian  priest,  focused  the  sympathy  of  the  world  upon 
that  awful  ocean-girded  plague-spot.  He  was  called  by 
Stevenson,  "The  man  who  shut  with  his  own  hands  the 
door  of  his  own  sepulcher.  "  And  as  we  read,  written  by  that 
same  hand,  the  words  by  which  his  life  was  ruled,  we  remem- 
ber that  it  was  in  1876  that  he  joined  the  community  of  the 
social  dead,  and  as  a  leper  dwelt  with  his  repulsive  brethren  ; 
that  in  1 8S9  he  was  translated  from  hideous  Molokai  to  the  place 
of  eternal  beauty  and  eternal  peace.  His  earthly  work  was 
taken  up  (piietly  and  unostentatiously  by  his  brother,  blather 
Pamfile,  and  Father  Sutton,  an  American  Catholic  priest, 
men  not  less  saintly,  if  less  widely  famed. 

Banishing  from  mind  the  sacrifice  at  once  so  noble  and 
so  horrible,  we  sail  on  across  this  tropic  ocean,  where 
moonlight    showers    pass    like    filmy    specters,    like    ghostly 


"4 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


messengers,  twixt  isle  and  isle,  twixt  sky  and  sea.  We  are 
nearing  now  the  isle  of  Maui,  famous  for  its  cane-fields,  its 
verdant  valleys,  and  its  desert  leeward  slopes,  but,  above  all, 
famous  for  its  great  extinct  volcano,  the  largest  volcanic 
crater  in  the  world,  called  by  the  natives,  Haleakala  :  ''The 
Palace  of  the  Sun.'  And  it  is  our  intent  to  surprise  the 
Monarch  of  Brightness  ere  he  leaves  his  bed.  We  are  re- 
solved to  reach  his  royal  chamber  ere  he  wakes. 

I  shall  not  dwell  upon  the  prosaic  preparations  for  ascent 
nor  on  the  gloomily  poetic  all-night  ride  on  horseback  up 
the  cruellv  rugged  slope  that  rears  itself  I0,000  feet  directly 
from  these  waves.  Suffice  it  that  after  a  night  of  exertion, 
fatigue,  and  bitter  cold,  we  stand  at  last  upon  the  threshold 
of  the  sun  s  abiding-place  and  watch  the  waking  of  the  sleep- 
ing Lord  of  Light.  And  —  strange  illusion!  —  we  are  at  an 
elevation  of  almost  two  miles  above  the  sea,  upon  the  very 
topmost  crag  of  the  volcanic  island,  and  yet  it  seems  as  if 
we  were  at  the  bottom  of  a  bowl  as  big  as  half  the  universe. 
Just  as  the  skv  appears  to  form  a  dome  above  us,  so  do  the 
earth  and  sea  appear  to  form  an  inverted  dome  beneath  us, 
and  the  circumferences  of  the  two  meet  at  the  horizon,  which 
apparently  is  on  a  level  with  our  present  plane  of  altitude. 
And  this  illusion  has  been  noted  by  nearly  every  traveler  who 
has  stood  upon  this  magic  mountain  at  this  magic  hour.      Of 

course,    photograph}"  here   falls  piti- 
fully short.       This  ridge  em- 
braces the  dead  crater 
of  Haleakala,  with  a 
broad    sweep   of 
twenty   miles   or 
more.       The 
crater  is  a  half 
mile   in   depth, 
and  there  rise  a 


ol'R   MAl'I   "  SPECIAL  " 


CRATER    Ol'    IIALEAKAI.A 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


77 


score  of  cinder  cones  from  its  floor,  mouths  of  the  inferno 
that  countless  ages  ago  raged  there  beneath.  The  hps 
of  those  gaping  mouths  are  red  and  parched,  the  mark 
of  fire  is  upon  all  that  we  see,  the  redness  and  the  black- 
ness of  desolation  are  the  tones  that  dominate  in  this  gloomy 
but  impressive  picture.  But  lift  your  eyes  from  the  cloud- 
haunted  depths,  and  gaze  afar  to  the  south.  There  you 
will  see  two  grand  imposing  outlines,  the  dim  enormous 
shapes  of  the  two  huge  mountains    on    the  great    southern- 


HALEAKALA  FROM  THE  SEA 


most  island  of  the  archipelago  —  Hawaii.  The  famous  Mauna 
Loa  rises  on  the  right,  the  equally  stupendous  Mauna  Kea, 
on  the  left.  These  two  volcanoes  are  nearly  fourteen  thou- 
sand feet  in  height.  Their  craters  rise  four  thousand  feet 
higher  in  the  heavenly  seas  than  Haleakala.  Between  us 
and  the  nearer  of  them  are  fifty  miles  of  space  ;  the  further 
one    is    over    seventy   miles    away. 

A  few  days  later  we  are  cruising  round  their  bases.  The 
leeward  coast  of  Hawaii  offers  us  calmer  cruising,  and  several 
interesting  landings,  notably  that  in  Kealakekua  Bay,  where 
a  monument    in    honor  of   the   old   navigator.  Captain  Cook, 


78 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


recalls  the  dramatic  story  of  his  discovery  of  the  islands  and 
his  tragic  death  here  on  this  very  spot.  It  was  in  1777  that 
the  old  explorer,  sailing  for  the  South  Seas  to  the  coast  of 
North  America,  touched  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  His  was  the 
first  English-speaking  crew  to  land  upon  these  shores,  having 
been  preceded  only  by  the  Spaniards,  for  Juan  Gaetano, 
tile  real  discoverer,  had  set  the  archipelago  upon  a  Spanish 


'Sf.NRISt:   FBO.M    rl!H   SL'MMIT 


chart  more  than  two  hundred  years  before.  In  the  mean- 
time, however,  no  white  man  had  been  seen  ;  and  when  the 
natives  went  forth  in  their  huge  war-canoes  and  beheld  the 
pale-faced  strangers  on  board  the  ships  of  Captain  Cook, 
they  said  :  "  At  last  the  prophecy  has  been  fulfilled!  Our 
great  god  Lono,  who  departed  from  us  ages  ago,  has  now 
returned,  according  to  his  promise  ;  for  he  said  :  '  I  will 
return  in  after  time  upon   a   floating   island.'"     And,    there^ 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


79 


CINDER   CONES  OF   HALEAKAl.A 


fore,  they  received  Cook  as  a  god,  made  sacrifices  to  him, 
loaded  down  his  ships  with  gifts  and  propitiatory  offerings. 
The  King  of  the  island,  prede- 
cessor of  the  great  Kameha- 
meha,  hastened  thither  to 
render  homage.  The 
high  priest  led  their  sa- 
cred guest  to  the  an- 
cient temple,  and  there 
he  was  worshiped  by 
king  and  priests  and 
people.  His  deifica- 
tion, however,  resulted 
disastrously.  He  plaved  "^7i5 
the  part   of    a  too  ruthless 


WHEKli  CAPTAIN  COOK   WAS   KILLED 


8o 


THE   HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS 


and  too  exacting  god  ;  then  when  one  of  his  followers  was 
indiscreet  enough  to  die  on  shore,  doubts  arose  as  to  the 
immortality  of  these  unreasonable  deities  ;  and  finally,  the 
strangers  having  violated  many  sacred  places  and  broken  the 
strict  "tabus,"  or  prohibitions,  hostilities  began,  and  in  a 
petty  skirmish  near  the  shore  the  splendid  career  of  the  great 
navigator  was  cut   short    by  a   thrust   from  an  angry  native. 


KEALAKEKL'A    BAY 


As  we  linger  on  this  now  peaceful  shore  of  Kealakekua 
Bay,  where  the  arrival  of  our  steamer  has  brought  together 
the  inhabitants  from  miles  around,  let  me  add  a  word  of 
explanation  about  the  meaning  of  the  word  "tabu."  In 
the  old  pagan  days  the  chiefs  and  priests  were  as  gods  to 
the  common  people,  and  their  system  of  tabus,  or  prohibi- 
tions, helped  to  perpetuate  their  power  and  insure  them  in 
the  enjoyment  of  their  supreme  position.  It  was  declared 
tabu,   or    unlawful,  to    remain    standing    at    mention    of    the 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


Si 


king's  name,  to  cross  his  shadow,  or  that  of  his  house,  to 
occupy  a  position  higher  than  the  kings  head.  The, penalty 
for  breaking  these  tabus  was  death.  Then  there  were  other 
special  temporary  tabus.  Silence  was  enforced  during  long 
periods  ;  certain  enclosures,  or  even  certain  provinces  were 
declared  tabu,  whereupon  no  one  might  speak  or  move  about 
in  them  on  pain  of  death.  Women  might  not  eat  in  com- 
pany with  men  at  any  time.  Upon  the  women  of  the  land 
these  unreasonable  restrictions  fell  with  cruel  risror.      \\'ithin 


the  memory  of  those  still  living,  a  woman  was  killed  because 
she  entered  the  eating-house  of  tier  lord  and  master.  More- 
over, in  tiiis  land  of  tropic  plenty,  fruit  was  tabu  to  the 
feminine  half  of  the  population.  These  simple  heathen  in 
the  Paradise  of  the  Pacific  seem  to  have  possessed  a  vague 
knowledge  of  the  evil  that  resulted  from  feminine  fruit-eating 
in  another  Paradise,  and  they  resolved  to  take  no  chances. 
Alas,  why  was  not  Father  Adam  a  Hawaiian  .' 

Before  we  continue  our  voyage  southward  toward  the  far 
end  of  this  island,  let  us  cruise  in  imagination  for  a  few  mo- 
ments alonjr  the  eastern,  or  the  windward  shore.      Here  verdant 


82 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


bluffs  or  Palis  rise  directh'  from  the  storm-tossed  sea.  Our 
first  impression  is  that  some  great  wave  has  but  a  moment 
since  overwhelmed  the  entire  coast,  and  that  the  salty  waters 
are  falling  back  again  into  the  sea,  following  the  receding 
breaker,  that  soon  the  precipices  will  be  drained  and  the  roaring 
cataracts  run   dry.      But  no  ;   the   waterfalls  persist,  and  hour 

after    hour    as    we    roll    along, 
almost  within  the  shadow  of 
these  bluffs,  there   is   no 
diminution  of   their 
\olume  ;  the  cataracts 
are  cataracts  in  very 
truth.       There    are 
from    ten    to    four- 
teen of  these  lovely 
%\'aterfalls   to   every 
mile  along  this  por- 
tion   of    the   coast  ; 
they  fall   from   heights 
that  vary  from  five   hun- 
dred to  a  thousand  feet, 
while  farther  inland,  at 


ACQUAINTANCES 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


83 


the  extremities  of  long^, 
narrow,  and  umbra- 
geous gulches,  tower 
walls  of  rock  one  thou- 
sand two  hundred  feet 
in  height,  over  which 
other  slender  ribbons 
of  spray  are  dangling 
gracefully.  These  are 
the  tribute  paid  by  the 
eternal  snows  of  Mauna 
Kea,  to  the  lovely  low- 
lands where  eternal 
summer  dwells.  An 
entire  month  might  be 
employed  most  profit- 
ably in  e.xplorations  on  "^'''"'' 
this  coast  ;  within  a  space  of  thirty  miles  there  are  no 
fewer  than  sixty-nine  of  these  impressive  gulches,  each  with 
its  waterfall,  its  mountain  torrent  rushing  toward  the  ever- 
angry  sea,  its  insecure  mule-trails  leading  down  to  little  God- 
forsaken ports  where  steamer-passengers  are  landed  or  em- 
barked   only          ^^^"^^^^^^^^^SB"^^*^        at  risk  of  life 


A    I'tCNIC    IN    lAO     VALLEV 


84 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


A    CANI-:-FLUME 


or  limb.  At  one  of  these  perpetually  storm-bound  ports,  the 
daughter  of  the  U.  S.  Minister  to  Hawaii,  Mr.  [ohn  L.  Stevens, 
was  thrown  from  a  capsized  boat  and  dashed  to  death  in 
the  relentless  breakers.  Then  we  ^^»»asB=  n^jm-a^^  find 
farther  down  the  coast 
gulches  spanned  hv  what 
at  first  appear  to  be 
magnificent  steel  rai 
way-trestles.  D  i  s  - 
tance,  however,  de- 
ceives us.  These 
structures  are  of 
wood,  and  are  found 
to  be,  on  closer  in- 
spection,   as    dainty 

as  the  webs  of  spiders  ;    ^^   ,^_^  ^,.      . -^»,^,.,_-.    _,,  ,   , 
thev  are  not  bridges,  but  ''.    ->-    "'-v-.C^ '.-^    ""-ii  v4^ 

aqueducts,    "cane-flumes  ~''-^^!^'-^"Ji(    '^ 


JAPANESE    WOMEN 


fAf   /  '^ 


THE   HA^^'AIIAN   ISLANDS 


87 


is  the  proper  term  ;  for  it  is  by  means  of  them  that  the  water  of 


the  irrigating  canals  is 
nels  of  space.  The  sugar- 
levels,  is  floated  swiftly 
lie  on  the  mount- 


ferried  across  these  chan- 
cane,  cut  on  the  higher 
from  the  plantations  that 
ain  slopes,  down  through 
the  cane-flumes  to  the 
(vAjw  ..  ,<g^H^   sugar-mills,    sometimes  a 

?i?"tiJI|  Wy^^iiSlliiy^lK^^    dozen  miles  below.      The 

most  important  industry 
of  Hawaii  is  the  grow- 
ing and  the  grinding 
of  the  sugar-cane. 
The  industry  speaks 
for  itself.  In  1841 
the  output  was  a  few 
hundred  tons ;  in  1 896 
Hawaii  e.xported  almost 
a  quarter  of  a  million  tons,  and  some  of  the  plantations  pay 
dividends  of  60  per  cent  annually.  It  would  be  interesting 
to  follow  the  processes  from  the  planting  to  the  hnal  sacking 


# 


A    TROPIC    SLEDGE 


88 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


A    LANOING-I'LACK 


spectacle  par  cxcclloicc  of 
the    Hawaiian   tour.       We 
stand  now  on  the  crater's 
brink,    about    a    thou- 
sand   feet    above    its 
hardened  lava  floor, 
and  there  beyond 
rises    the    massy 
slope  of  Mauna 
Loa,   lifting  its 
s  u  ni  ni  i  t    ten 
thousand  feet 
above  us;  the 
equivalent  of 
fourteen 
thousand 
feet  above 


of  the  rich  brown, 
granulated  product, 
but  lack  of  space  for- 
bids. Moreover,  the 
cutting  of  the  cane  is 
the  only  picturesque 
feature  of  plantation- 
toil.  We  may  ac- 
cordingly pass  on  to 
other  topics,  and  the 
next  topic  is,  natur- 
ally, the  \'olcano  Ki- 
lauea , 
the 


AM.    ABOARD  ' 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


89 


the  level  of  tlie 
sea.  But  even  1 
from  the  sea  the 
rn  o  u  n  t  a  i  n  does. 
not  impress  us 
with  its  height  ;  it 
is  so  huge  that 
man  cannot  ap- 
preciate it.  It  is 
roughly  two  and 
one-half  miles  in 
height  and  sixty 
miles  in  diameter, 
and  to  go  around 
its  base  one  must 
travel  almost  two 
nunured    miles.  frdm  ihe  i^rink  of  kh^al-ea 

Moreover,  like  an  iceberg,  its  greater  bulk  is  submerged  in  the 
sea  ;  its  foundations  lie  more  than  three  miles  below  the  le\el 
of  the  waters.  Upon  its  summit  is  a  crater  six  miles  in  cir- 
cumference, which  has  been  active  within  the  last  two  years. 
Our  place  of  abode  in  this  strange  region  is,  of  course,  the 
well-known  Volcano  House,  upon  the  brink  of   Kilauea.      We 


THK    I'AHAl.A     KXPRHSS 


90 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


have  not  come  bv  the  usiuil  route  from  Honohihi  via  Hilo. 
Instead  we  cruised  down  the  western  coast  and  landed  at  a 
place  called  Punaloo  ;  thence  we  ascended  through  the  cane- 
fields  of  Pahala,  in  a  tiny  plantation  train,  and  from  Pahala 
we  were  hauled  by  stage,  over  the  barren,  treeless,  wind- 
swept slopes  of  Mauna  Loa,  up  into  the  regions  of  lava,  fog, 


ABYSS  OK    rHK    BURNING    LAKE 


and  rain,  and  finally  arrived  at  the  \'olcano  House,  where 
we  learn  that  there  is  in  store  for  us  a  disappointment,  not 
less  severe  because  anticipated.  The  famous  crater  of 
Kilauea  is  still  inactive  ;  no  signs  of  action  have  been  mani- 
fest for  many  months.  We  have  hoped  against  hope,  and 
prayed   to    mighty   Pele,  the    old  pagan  Fire-Goddess,  but  all 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


91 


1  H1--    VOLCANO    H 


has  been  in  \aiii.  Kilauea,  we  are  told,  is  silent,  dark, 
inactive,  dead,  ^^'e  spend  the  misty  evening  by  the  fireside, 
where  all  travelers,  since  Mark  Twain's  time,  have  dried 
their  fog-soaked  garments.  We  turn  the  leaves  of  the  old 
tourist-registers,    wherein    each    traveler  since    1863    has    set 


IN    T  UK    VniXANO    nor 


92 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


THK    KlI-ArtA    CRATER    FROM    THi-:    BRINK 


down  his  or  her  iinpressions.  Most  records  open  with  the 
words :  "  I  arrived  after  a  long, ' '  or  "  tiresome,  "or  "  dehghtf  lil 
ride  from  Honolulu  ";  but  one  entry,  made  by  a  Chicago 
girl,  bore  this  refreshing  introduction  ;  "  Like  nearly  every 
one  who  has  written  here,  I  arrived  at  the  Volcano  House. 
I  did  not  arrive  through  any  lack  of  originality  on  my  part, 
but  I  really  saw  no  other  way  of  getting  here.  To-morrow 
I  shall  go  away  again, —  the    volcano  refuses  to  show  off." 


DHAD     LAVA 


THE   HAWAIIAN'   ISLANDS 


The    following     morning    dawns 
fair  and  clear,  and  at  an  early 
hour  we  descend  to  the  la\a 
floor  of  Kilauea,  and  trudge 
across    its    seamed   and 
cracked  expanse  toward 
the  huge  pit  that  marks 
the  spot  where  the  last 
lake   of  living  fire  dis- 
appeared.     I    shall  not 


i  lit;  (K  \CK 


attempt  to  de- 
scribe that  which 
I  did  not  witness. 
The  liurning  lava 
lake  in  action  is 
one  of  the  few  su- 
preme spectacles 
of  the  earth,  but 
unfortunately  we 
did  not  behold  it. 
We  see  only  the 
charred  or  black- 
cnrd  frame  hold- 
ing what  was  and 
ina\  at  any  time 
again  be  the  most 
.stupendous   pic- 


94 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


By  |.ermissi,.„  ^^^.^    CASCADE 

ture  of  awfulness  in  the  world.  The  traveler  of  to-day,  as  he 
crosses  this  glooniv  waste  with  a  confidence  born  of  knowl- 
edge, cannot  appreciate  the  terror  with  which  this  place  once 
inspired  the  untutored  savages.  Here  was  the  home  of  Pele, 
the  Fire-Goddess,  and  here  was  performed  one  of  the  grandest 

acts  of  moral  cour- 
age that  history 
records.  In  1825, 
five  years  after  the 
first  missionaries 
landed,  a  princess 
of  the  royal  blood, 
by  name,  Kapio- 
lani,  a  convert  to 
the  new  faith,  led 
hither  eighty  fol- 
lowers and  in  their 
presence,  despite 
the  protests  and 
threats    from     the 


'*  LOOK  now  N  ! 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


pagan  priestesses,  she  ope 
fied  the  dreaded  deity,  ate 
the  sacred  berries  in  viol 
tion  of  the  tabu,  and 
then,  when  at  last  she 
stood  upon  the  border 
of  the  lake  of  tire,  — 
where  now  this  bot- 
tomless abyss  gapes  as 
if  in  consternation  at 
recollection  of  this  ex- 
hibition of  intrepidity, — 
Kapiolani  cried  with  a  bold 
voice  :  "Jehovah  is  my 
He  kindled  these  fires, 
not  Pele  !  If  I  perish  by  the  anger  of  the  volcano  road 
Pele,  then  you  may  fear  the  power  of  Pele  ;  but  if  I  trust 
in  Jehovah,  and  he  should  save  me  from  the  wrath  of  Pele, 
wlien  I  break  through  her  tabus,  then  you  must  fear  and  serve 
the  Lord  Jehovah.  All  the  gods  of  Hawaii  are  vain.  Great 
is  Jehovah's  goodness  in  sending  teachers  to  turn  us  from  these 
vanities  to  the  living  God  and  to  the  way  of  righteousness. 

There  has  been  nothing  grander  since  Elijah  mocked  the 
priests  of    Baal,   and  cried    unto  the    Lord    God    of    Israel. 

One  of  the  most  striking  contrasts  of  this  journey  in 
Hawaii  is  that  afforded  by  this  place  of  death  and  terror,  and 
the  region  of  exuberant  life  and  beauty  through  which  the 
traveler  passes  on  his  way  from  the  volcano  to  the  coast. 
The  road  that  leads  from  the  volcano  down  to  Hilo  is  justly 
famous  for  its  tropic  loveliness  ;  it  is  as  if  we  rode  all  day 
through  an  interminable  hothouse;  ;  the  redundant  growth 
on  either  side,  the  warm  moist  air,  the  smell  of  dampened 
earth  and  budding  leaves  and  flowers,  all  suggest  the  atmos- 
phi-re  of  a  conservator}'.      We    met   a   shower   almost    every 


96 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


mile.  This  is,  in  fact,  one  of  the  wettest  regions  of  Hawaii  ; 
if  the  rainfall  of  the  entire  year  should  be  delivered  suddenly, 
all  at  once,  our  coach  would  now  be  floating  in  fifteen  feet 
of  water,  for  the  annual  rainfall  is  more  than  i8o  inches,  or 
about  five  yards.  No  wonder  that  the  moisture-loving  ferns 
and  creepers  flourish  here  in  wild  profusion  and  unexampled 
magnitude.  I  am  no  botanist  ;  I  cannot  give  you  Latin 
names  for  all  these  lovely  forms  of  green.  I  know  that  there 
are  ferns  of  every  size,  graceful  as  feathers  on  a  Bird  of 
Paradise,  and  wild  bananas  sheltered  by  huge  leaves  of  rich 
bright  green,  and  besides  these  a  hundred  other  things,  so 
lovely  that  the  word  "beautiful"  describes  and  classifies 
them  best.  .\nd  thus  it  is  that  we  roll  downward  toward  the 
sea  for  thirty  miles,  our  four-horse  coach  swinging  us  all  too 
swiftly  around  angles  of  Eden,  past  paradisiacal  perspectives. 
At  last  the  bay  of  Hilo  opens  wide  before  us,  and  the  blue 
sea  welcomes  us  again  to  its  palm-bordered  shore.      We  have 


-N  \Tt  Kt  S    FhKNbk^ 


THE   HA\\AIIAN   ISLANDS 


97 


been  preceded  and  followed — and  sometimes  for  miles  at- 
tended—  by  gentle  tropic  showers,  of  a  marvelous  rain  that 
is  so  much  dryer  than  the  atmosphere  that  it  seems  to  gather 
on  our  coats  like  dust  or  silver  powder.  It  certainly  re- 
freshes but  it  does  not 
wet  us  ! 

There  is  a  local  say- 
ing to  the  effect  that, 
"  It  is  always  raining  at 
Hilo, "  and  we  were 
therefore  overjoyed  to 
find  that  we  were  ush- 
ered into  Hawaii  s  wet- 
test town  by  brilliant 
summer  sunshine.  And 
as  we  sit  on  the  veranda  of  the  Hilo  hotel,  a  really  excellent 
hotel,  surprisingly  well  managed,  we  are  inclined  to  e.xclaim 
like  Mark  Twain,  "  What  if  the  rain  sifts  down.'  —  the  um- 
brella tree  is  at  hand,  and  the  india-rubber  tree  stands  at  our 


^ 


■..•r4^ 


I ^'— "'-'  -  "  '     "I  Ht-rf^^'i-'- 


Sl   lU    RHA 


98 


THE    HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


THE    MAIN    STREET    OF    HILO 

very  door.  "  Here,  also,  we  see  liis  "  trees  that  cast  a  shadow 
Hke  a  thunder-cloud."  Moreover,  he  must  have  written  here 
his  inspired  recipe  for  securing  a  night's  rest  in  spite  of  the 
mosquitoes.  These  are  the  words  of  wisdom  that  Mark 
Twain  set  down  ;    "  \\'ait  until  the  mosquitoes  have  al!  crawled 


lilH    Hll.u    HOTEL 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


99 


in  under  the   bar,    then  sHp   out   quietly,  shut    llicDi  in,   and 
sleep    peacefully  on    the    floor    till    morning!  " 

Apropos  of  rain,  it  is  no  unusual  thing  in  Hilo  to  see 
ladies  on  one  side  of  the  main  street,  strolling  along  with 
sunshades,  to  protect  them  from  the  tropic  ra^'s,  while  those 
upon  the  other  side  require  stout  umbrellas  to  keep  their 
bonnets  dry.  Showers  parade  across  and  up  and  down  the 
town  with  military  precision  —  the  edge  of  a  shower  fre- 
quently leaving  a  mark  as  clear  and  sharply  defined  as  the 
wheel  ruts  in  the  streets.  Suppose  you  ask  to  be  directed 
to  a  certain  house,  do  not  be  astonished  if  you  are  told  to 
go  up  such  and  such  a  street  until  you  come  to  the  third 
shower,  then  turn  to  the  right,  and  to  stop  just  this  side  of 
the  second  rainbow  !  If  there  ever  was  a 
city  dedicated  to  the  Water  God,  it 
is  this  town  of  Hilo.  One  Sunday 
the  pastor  of  the  leading  church 


A    MC1M1-;    IN    IIILU 


lOO 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


preached  on  the  text,  "Be  ye  also  ready,  "  and  that  very 
ni^ht  a  tidal  wave  came  ashore  and  made  a  boisterous  visit 
to  his  parishioners.  Some  epif^ranimatic  traveler  has  said, 
"Follow  a  Pacific  shower,  and  it  leads  you  to  Hilo.  "  \\'e, 
on  our  own  authority,  may  add,  "Follow  a  Hilo  guide,  and 
he  leads  you  to  Rambow  Falls.  ' '  For,  as  if  the  daily  down- 
pour from  the  skies  were  not  sufficient,  as  if  the  tidal  waves 
were   not   enough,    nature  deluges  the    vicinity  of    Hilo   with 


RAINBOW     lALLS    NEAR    HILO 


countless  waterfalls  and  cataracts,  of  which  the  prettiest 
tumbles  into  this  nest  of  rainbows,  and  for  all  we  know  stays 
there  forever,  for  no  escape  for  the  waters  is  visible  to  those 
who  stand  upon  the  brink  of  this  roofless  lava-tunnel  where 
the  element  of  water  has  supplanted  that  of  hre.  It  is  as  if 
Dame  Nature  wished  to  make  amends  for  having  so  often  in 
the  past  hurled  down  her  seething  lava-floods  from  Mauna 
Loa's  crater.  And  as  we  pause  near  another  cascade  that 
leaps  over  a  lava  shelf    into    another   basin   formed    by    the 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


lOI 


cracking  of  some  ancient 
la\'a-bubble,  we  remem- 
ber that  Hilo  has  oft  been 
threatened  with  destruc- 
tion. In  1 88 1  a  river  of 
lava  advanced  to  the  very 
outskirts  of  the  town  ;  the 
population  was  prepared 
for  flight,  the  ponderous 
machinery  of  the  sugar- 
mill  was  made  ready  for 
instant  embarkation,  but 
at  last  the  red-hot  current 
cooled,  slackened,  ceased 
to  flow  only  three  quarters 
of  a  mile  from  Hilo,  and 
now  Uame  Nature  has 
A  CASCADK  sent  a  multitude  of  lovely 

ferns  to  hide  from  sight  the  evidence  of  her  cruel  threat.  An- 
other lava  How,  in  1855,  ran  si.xty  miles,  and  Hooded  three  hun- 
dred S(iuare  miles  of  territory,  continuing  for  thirteen  months. 


I02 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


The  beauti- 
ful little  island 
that  lies  at  one 
extremity  of  Hi- 
lo  harbor  was 
formed  by  some 
prehistoric  lava 
flow  ;  the  coast 
itself 


but  marks  the  place  where, 
in    the   great   war  of   the 
elements,  Neptune's 
waters  won  a   victory 
and  checked  the  ad- 
vance of  Pele  s  hery 
forces  that  charged 
down  from  her  for- 
tresses in  the  moun- 
tains—  from   craters 
14,000    feet    above. 
Battles  like  these  have 
been   fought    elsewhere 
within  the   memory  of  man. 
In  1 868  a  lava  river  rushed  into 
the  sea,    heated  the  waters  for 
over  a  mile  fromthe 
shore,   and  cooked 
every  shark,    whale, 
and  every  little    lish 
that    chanced   to   be 
cruising  off  that  red- 
hot   coast. 

The  entire  archi- 
pelago is  of  volcanic 


A   LAVA   STREAM 


COCOANUT    ISLAND 


THE    HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


103 


CLIiFT    IN  1H1-:   JINC-.I.K 


Fifteen  volcanoes  of  the 
t    class    have    existed    and 
jeen  in  lirilliant  action,  ac- 
cording to  Professor  Max- 
well, who  is  an  eminent 
authority.     ' '  This  island 
of  Hawaii,"   he  says, 
' '  has  resulted  from  the 
action  of  four  grand  cen- 
ters of  eruption.     These 
four  \'olcanoes  have  been 
of  individual  origin  and  also 
growth — first    coining    into 
ible  existence  above  the  sur- 
f  the  ocean,  and  building  up 
by  the  material  of  subsequent  erup- 
tions until  the  huge  cones  were  raised  to  heights  varying  from 
five  to  fourteen  thousand  feet  above  the  sea."     Of  these  the 
highest  is  the  peak  of  Mauna  Kea,  the  gentle  slope  of  which 
is   visible   to    us   as   we   drift   lazily   from   Hilo   Bay  into  the 
smooth   waters   of    the    Waiakea    River.      So    gradual    is    the 
incline  of  that  volcanic  mound  that  it  appears  not  more  than 
one    or    two    thousand    feet   in   height,  but   its  real  height  is 
nearly  14,000  feet.     These  cones  are  about  thirty  miles  dis- 
tant one  from  another.      The  spaces  between,  formerly  ocean 
channels,   are  now  interior  valleys  and  plateaus,   formed  by 
later  discharges  from  the  craters  or  outbursts  from  the  slopes. 
The  valleys  are  of  tropic  luxuriance.     There  the  banana  and 
the    mango    and    the    useful    taro    tfourish  ;    then   higher  lies 
the  belt  of    the  cane-lands,   yielding  sometimes   ten  tons   of 
sugar    to    the   acre  ;  above   the  sugar-region  lies  a  broad  belt 
of   ideal  coffee-land  ;    then    higher   still   are   pastures   for  the 
mountain  cattle,  and  then  clear  to  the  distant  sk\-line  stretch 
the   desert    la\a    wastes,    trackless,    inanimate,   and    horrible. 


I04 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


We  had  no  wish  to  see  those  idesolate  highlands,  but  the 
reputed  beauty  of  the  coffee-region,  reached  by  a  new  road 
through  the  tropic  jungle,  appealed  to  us,  and  at  the  earnest 
solicitation  of  an  enthusiastic  coffee-planter,  I  gave  up  my 
steamer-berth  for  Honolulu  and  joined  him  on  a  tour  of  in- 
spection of  this  new  field  of  industry. 

A  few  years  ago  the  Puna  district  was  an  impassible 
tangle  of  fierce,  savage,  lovely  vegetation,  a  wilderness  of 
green,  hundreds  of  square  miles  in  extent.  It  was  ni  1898  the 
newest  region  in  Hawaii,  the  latest  land  of  promise  to  allure 
both  the  man  who  seeks  to  invest  safely  a  fortune  already 
made,  and  the  man  who  seeks  to  make  a  new  one.  My 
companion  is  of  the  former  class,  and  with  the  true  American 
spirit  is  using  his  wealth  to  turn  the  lovely  wilderness  into 
a  paying  piece  of  property.  I  need  not  tell  you  of  the 
beauty  of  this  ride.  Even 
the  celebrated  road  to  the 
volcano  must  yield  the 
palm, —  and  in  fact,  the 
banana  and  everything 
else —  to  this  new-cut  road 
that  penetrates  almost  to 
the  heart  of  the  promised 
land  of  Puna.  The  tall 
trees  are  the  Ohia,  and 
around  their  -trunks  are 
twined  the  serpent-like 
tendrils  of  the  leie,  a  very 
strong  creeping  thing  that 
seems  with  its  knife-like 
leaves  to  be  an  armed 
protector  of  the  tree  that 
it  entwines  from  root  tn 
very  tip.      Both   the  ohia 


IV     TKKIS    AMI    IFIF  AIVKS 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


107 


Linii  the  ieie  bear  at  certain 
seasons  of  the  year  a  httle 
blossom  of  intense  red,  as 
if  the  blades  of  the  ieie-vine 
had  actually  drawn  blood. 
A  few  miles  farther  on 
we  meet  our  hosts,  two  cof- 
fee-planters of  the  younger 
generation  ;  both  are  Ameri- 
cans, one  born,  however,  in 
Hawaii  and  resident  in  the 
islands  all  his  life  ;  the  other, 
he  of  the  broad-brinnned  hat, 
a  self-exiled  San  Franciscan. 


T  H  I-;    I-  N 11    01-     II 


Both   of    them   wear  the   indispensable 
crude  water-proof  or  pummel-slicker 
- —  for   Puna  is  a  place  of  drench 
ing  rains.     W'e  follow  them  along 
the  corridor  of  verdure  till  thr 
corridor  comes  to  a  sudden  end 
The  road  imhIs  as  abruptly  as  a 
shaft  in  a  silver  mine,  bringing 
up  against  the  solid   wall  of  the 
apparently   impenetrable    jungle. 


IN    lliK  JUNOLli 


io8 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


And  now,  forsaking  cart  and  buggy,  we  load  our  baggage  on 
the  horses,  and  mounting  mules  that'  have  been  sent  from  the 
plantation  we  boldly  plunge  into  the  tropic  tangle.  We  feel 
as  if  all  hope  should  be  abandoned  here  ;  surely  no  human 
habitation  can  be  hid  in  this  labyrinth  of  rain-soaked  vegeta- 
tion. They  must  be  leading  us  into  the  haunts  of  savage 
beasts  or  the  abode  of  serpents, —  only  there  are  no  wild 
beasts  and  no  deadly  reptiles  in  Hawaii.  For  a  mile  or  more 
we  struggle  through  the  leafy  tunnel  —  so  green  and  damp  as 
to  appear  unearthly,  as  if  it  were  a  forest  at  the  bottom  of  the 

up  to  their  knees 
mud  ;     a     dozen 
there  is  a 
r  a  swinging- 
fie-vine    to 
linally    we 
once  more 
w  o  r  1  d    of 
good,  kind, 
and     hearty 
ttle  group  of 
'e   been    liv- 
ong    years,    wait- 
trees  to  grow,    watch- 


nen  —  of   uj 
;heerf  ul ,  w 


sea.       The 
in    a    rich  blai 
times  to  every 
log  to  clear 
rope  of  the 
avoid,  but 
come  out 
into    tile 
m 

chee 

men,  for  the 
fellows,  w  h  o 
ing  here  for  th 
ing  for  their  coffee- 
ing  each  budding  berry  as  it  slowly  turns  from  green  to 
ripened  red, — are  like  a  lot  of  college  men  on  a  prolonged 
and  possibly  perpetual  picnic  in  the  woods.  Their  home 
is  of  semi-native  construction,  its  walls  of  leaves,  its  roof 
of  corrugated  iron.  There  are  two  rooms.  In  one  they 
sleep  and  in  the  other  they  dine  with  appetites  born  of  an 
outdoor  life.  A  Japanese  cook  prepares  for  them  far  better 
meals  than  can  be  had  at  the  hotel  in  Honolulu.  The  tem- 
perature is  almost  invariably  of  such  degree  that  it  is  not 
noticed,   and  the  drafts  that  filter  through  the  leafy  walls  are 


A    PATH    I.N    PL'.N'A 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


109 


THE   PLANTERS     HOUSE 


not    the    kind     that     cause    pneu- 
monia.     Twenty-four  show- 
ers every  day  beat  their 
tattoos  upon  the  roof, 
and  after  every  show- 
er the  sun  comes  out 
and  smiles  as  if  to  say, 
"That    Httle  rainfall 
was  nothing  but  a  joke.  " 

The  coffee-fields,  of  course, 
claim  our  attention.  There  are  here 
about  a  hundred  acres  under  cultivation  in  clearings  of  from 
five  to  ten  acres  each.  Some  of  their  coffee  is  already  in 
its  fourth  year  and  promises  a  crop  with  a  little  profit  for 
the  present  season.  The  planters  estimate  that  a  tract  of 
seventy-tive   acres   will   in   five  years   have   paid  expenses  for 

clearing,  plant- 
ing, cultivating, 
picking,  sorting, 
drying,  and  ship- 
ping, and  there- 
after it  should 
yielil  a  profit  of 
from  eight  to  ten 
thousand  dollars 
annually. 

The  labor  is 
performed  largely 
by  the  better  class 
of  Japanese  ( the 
offspring  of  whom 
is  just  as  quaint 
and  fascinating  as 
ill    Japan    itself), 


A    UDMK    IN    THIv    I'l'NA     JUNGl.h 


I  lO 


THE    HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


ere  is  no  reason  why  white  men 
1  not  find    it    profitable    and 
e  a  s  a  n  t .      The   most   trying 
thin,sj  for  the  owners  of  a  cof- 
fee-ranch is  the  four  or  five 
years'  waiting   while   tender 
little  trees  are  growing  up, 
I  preparing  to  reward  the  men 
)    who  cared  for  them  in  child- 
hood.      Men  who  love  soli- 
tude and  nature  and  are  pos- 
sessed  of    patience  and  a  little 


capital  may  find  in  coffee 
culture  an  ideal  existence 
in  an  ideal  land.  But  as 
I  ride  with  one  of  my  hosts 
through  the  dense  tangled 
forest  that  shuts  in  this 
little  community  of  half  a 
dozen  white  men  and   half 


A   TOiI.ER   FROM   J  \ 


THE   HAWAIIAN    ISLANDS 


1 1 1 


a  hundred  Japanese,  I  am  led 
to  suspect  that  this  peaceful 
novel  life,  so  grateful  to  us 
who  come  as  visitors  for  a 
brief  season,    is   most  mo- 
notonous to  those  who  have 
to  spend  here  twelve  months 
of  the  year,  with  no  diversion 
save  an  occasional  ride  to  Hilo 
or  a  semi-annual  trip  to  Honolulu. 
Our  stay  in  Puna  ended,    we  return 

A    ri.A.N  1  A  I  lUN    HAND 

through  the  gor- 
geous forest  to  the 
coast,  and  find 
ourselves  nearing  j 
Hilo,  at  the  hour 
when  the  whole 
earth  is  transfig- 
ured by  the  glory 
of  the  setting  sun. 
The     clouds,     the 

sky,  the  river,  and  ti.h  pina  shore 

the  palms,   the  tasseled   cane-fields  and  the 
distant  mountain  slopes  conspire  to  trans 
form  this  earth  of  ours  into  the  sem- 
blance of    another    world,  in    which 
there  is  no  thing  that  is  not  beau- 
tiful.     Two  borrowed  phrases  here 
insist  on  repetition,  for  "overhead 
there  rolls  a  sea  of  smashed  rain- 
bows, "    and    "here  and  there  are 
drifting  patches  of  iridescent  vapors 
like    itinerant    stained-glass    windows 


A  COFFEK   TRKK 


I  12 


THE   HAWAIIAN   ISLANDS 


v^CM^"  ..^'^  wi^sfsw^'^: 


THK    HILO    SHORE 


from  some  great  cathedral."       Here,  truly,  is  the  picture  of 
"the  land  where  it  is  always  afternoon." 

And  as  the  sunset  fires  i^ow  from  the  west  like  liquid  gold, 
we  tremble  when  we  think  hi>w  far  this  flood  of  golden  light 
has  journeyed  over  trackless  oceans  to  touch  and  glorify 
these  tiny  dots  of  earth  in  the  midst  of  the  greatest  ocean  on 
our  globe.  We  catch  our  breath  at  thought  of  all  the 
leagues  of  barren  waters  that  stretch  away  to  north  and  south 
and  east  and  west  ;  of  the  everlasting  surrountling  deep  that 
washes  both  the  shores  of  Asia  and  America  and  rolls  its 
mighty  volume  from  continent  to  continent  and  pole  to  pole. 
A  great  loneliness  sweeps  over  us  as  we  gaze  out  upon  the 
empty  sea.  And  as  we  stand  on  this  Hawaiian  shore,  so  far 
from  our  own  land,  a  stranger  passes,  asks  us  if  we  have 
heard  the  news  brought  by  the  latest  steamer  from  Amer- 
ica,—  and  in  a  do^en  words  he  gives  us  hastily  two  bits  of 
information,  the  like  of  which  are  seldom  given  in  two  simple 
sentences.  One  is:  "Cervera's  fleet  has  been  destroyed 
at  Santiago,"  and  at  his  next  words,  "  Anne.xation  is  an 
accomplished  fact,"  we  fix  our  ieet  more  firmly  on  this  lava 
shore,   for  we,    who  a  moment    since   were 


now    at    home 
come  part  of  the 


"ange     land    are 

Hawaii    has  be- 

United   States. 


"/ OT  •/. I.  'J  —  M(  )>I ;>TH«H  ED€E  HXF  0HIM^T    H  H T    / 1 


IN"    THK    TKMPLK    (JF    THK    EMP!<:K(  )R  —  CAXTOX 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


he  Ed^e 
of  China 


CHI^ 
sic 


[NA  is  a  colossal  puzzle.  The  out- 
side world  has  tried  in  vain  to  solve 
it,  by  means  of  force,  railways,  and  Christianity. 
To  force,  China  opposes  weakness,  and  weakness 
is  victorious  ;  to  railways,  she  opposes  unconquerable  sup- 
erstition, and  superstition  conquers  ;  and  to  Christianity,  she 
opposes  the  weij^ht  of  accumulated  tradition,  and  thus  far 
tradition  lias  prevailed.  The  tide  of  Progress  is  sweeping 
the  naticms  of   the  west  out  upon  the  ocean  of  a  glorious  new 


Ii6 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


century,  but  China,  moored  to  the  rocks  of  innnutabihty, 
resists  the  modern  current,  despite  the  efforts  of  all  Christen- 
dom to  cut  the  cables  of  conservatism  that  bind  her  to  the  past. 
Canton  is  the  metropolis  of  China  and  the  most  charac- 
teristically   Chinese  community  in  the   Empire. 

From   Canton  and   from   the   surrounding   province   flows 

the  main  tide  of  emigration   to   our   shores.      .\t    Hongkong, 

which  is  practically  the  port  of  Canton,  touches  nearly  every 

ship  that  sets  sail  from  our  Pacific  Coast  for  the   Philippines. 

If  Canton   is  interesting  to  the  traveler 

at  large   as   the    truest   type    of    a 

Chinese    city,    it    certainly    is 


THE    MOST    GRACEFUL   PROW   OF    THK    PACIFIC 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


119 


doubly  interesting  to  the  American,  because  it  is  the  com- 
mercial gateway  to  South  China,  where  lie  the  markets  to 
which  the  merchants  of  Manila  must  look  for  the  realization 
of  their  ambitious  dreams. 

It  was  on  the  first  anniversary  of  Dewey's  victory  that  I 
started  for  the  Philippines,  intending  to  touch  briefly  en  route 
at  several  cities  on  the  edge  of  China. 

There  are  two  ocean  pathways  to  the  Philippines  across 
the  wide  Pacific.  One  begins  at  Golden  Gate,  the  other  at 
the  gateway  to  Puget  Sound,  the  Strait  of  San  Juan  de  Fuca. 
We  choose  the  northern  route,  because  it  is  the  shortest  and 
coolest,  because  the  ships  are  wonderfully  fine,  because  the 
railway  ride  through  the  Canadian  Rockies  is  a  magnificent 
e.xperience  with  which  to  initiate  a  summer  holiday. 


I20 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


Our  ship,  the  "Empress  of  China,  "  sister  to  the  Em- 
presses ot  India  and  of  Japan,  when  we  first  see  her  at  the 
Vancouver  wharf  from  the  windows  of  our  approaching 
train,  appears  as  small  as  a  yacht,  for  we  have  come  from  the 
depths  of  the  F"raser  Canon,  where  mountains  were  piled 
all  about  us.  But  she  seems  big  enough  when  once  we  are 
on  board,  for  there  are  few  ships  afloat  that  offer  roomier 
accommodations  than  the  Canadian  Pacific  "Empresses.   " 

To  serve  us  there  is  a  regiment  of  well-drilled  Orientals, 
the  C-hinese  stewartls  being  far  more  efficient  than  the  aver- 
age white  servants  on  the  Atlantic  liners.  Our  first  impres- 
sions of  the  Chinese  are  decidedly  favorable. 

The  weekly  inspection  of  the  crew  and  stewards  brings 
out  the  full  strength  of  the  Oriental  service.  The  captain 
and  first  officer  stride  down  the  line  drawn  by  neat  white 
socks  along  the  deck,  and  there  is  never  a  Celestial  that  does 
not  pass  inspection.  "Neat  as  a  Chinaman"  may  sound 
strange,  but  "neat  as  a  Chinaman  "  means  a  great  deal  on  a 
Pacific  liner.  The  monotony  of  shipboard  existence  is 
relieved  by  the 
Sunday  inspec- 
tion and  also  by 
the  weekly  fire- 
drill,  or  call  to 
fire  quarters.  At 
sound  of  an  alarm 
all  hands  rush  to 
the  upper  decks, 
cast  loose  the  life- 
boats, drag  out 
long  coils  of  hose, 
play  big  streams 
upon  imaginary 
fires,   or  prepare 

INSPECTION 


THE  EDGE  OF  CHINA 


121 


CKING    FOR    DOLLARS 
FLOL'R  AND  MOLASSKS 


HII'-BOAKD   DIVERSIONS 


to    rescue    passengers.      Then, 
after  the  excitement  is  all 
over,    a    bugle    sounds, 
and  all  hands  scramble 
down  the  ladders  and 
return  to   their  rou- 
tine duties. 

The    Chinese,     of 
course,  object  to  being 
photographed,    and    for 
that  reason  try  to 
dodge  the  camera, 
not   knowing  that 
the  motion-picture 
camera  is  a   pho- 
tographic Catling, 
certain   to    hit    its 
victim,  no  matter 
how   fast  he  may 
be    able    to     run. 


Among  our  fellow-pas- 
sengers those  who  inter- 
est us  most  are  two  dark 
and  dapper  little   men, 
—  the  first  real  Filipinos 
that  we  have  ever  seen. 
You  may  remember  that 
immediately  after  Dewey's 
victory  the  papers  told  us  of 
an  intfuentiai  Filipino  family  by 


i,OI  DKN    Mi)l-\SS1.^ 


122 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


the  name  of  Cortes,  one 
of  the  richest  in  Manila, 
who  had  acknovvledfjed 
the  supremacy,  and  asked 
for  the  protection  of  the 
United  States.  I3on  Max- 
imo Cortes  and  his  brother 
are  the  chief  representa- 
tives of  the  Cortes  mill- 
ions, and  are  returning 
from  a  visit  to  \\'ashing- 
ton,  happy  in  the  assur- 
ance there  given  them  that 
the  huuls  and  houses,  con- 
hscated  by  the  Spanish  and  turned  over  to  the  United 
States  as  government  propertx ,  will  in  due  time  be  restored 
to  them.      At  first  they  appeared  very  taciturn,  but  one  day  I 


.KNri-K.MHN 


!!■  I  %  IN     7HK     SM<  iKINf.    K'lll  )\1 


THE  EDGE  OF  CHINA 


123 


let  them  know  tliat  Spanish  was  not  Greek  to  me,  whereupon 
their  lips  were  unsealed,  and  the  whole  story  of  their  woes 
and  subsequent  joys  was  poured  into  my  ears.  Such  a 
tumultuous  flow  of  Spanish  I  had  never  listened  to  ;  and  they 
talked  with  hands  and  feet  and  eyes  as  well  as  mouth.  As 
they  are  continually  pecking  at  sleeve  or  lapel  to  emphasize  a 
point,  a  conversation  with  them  is  almost  like  a  fencing 
match, —  it   keeps   you   parrying   at    every   phrase. 

We  have  not  time  to  dwell  upon  the  long  davs  of  the  voy- 
age nor  on  the  brief  and  hurried  hours  spent  on  shore 
in  Yokohama,  Kobe,  and  Nagasaki,  nor  to  tell  of  the 
delightful  hours  in  the  Japanese  Inland  Sea.  Nor  does 
our  brief  glimpse  of 
Shanghai  call  for 
more  than  passin 
mention,  for  Hong- 
kong is  our  destina- 
tion, and  thither  we 
proceed  down  the 
Formosa      channel. 


IN    nili   INLAND  PEA 


124 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


A  warm  wind  follows  us  and  makes  our  speed  seem 
doubly  slow,  givinj^  the  ship  a  lazy,  tired  motion,  as  if  she 
were  weary  with  the  long  voyage,  run  down,  and  on  the 
point   of  giving  up  the  race.      The  dreaded  Hoijgkong  damp- 


FAIR   JAPAN 

ness  has  begun  to  make  itself  felt  ;  the  paper  on  which  we  try 
to  write  is  so  soft  that  the  pen  perforates  it  at  every  stroke  ; 
collars  last  only  for  a  passive  hour  or  for  an  active  minute  ; 
books  stick  to  the  leather-covered  desks  and  tables  —  and 
\'et  this  is  nothing,  we  are  still  comparatively  cool  and 
dry, —  so  say  those  who  have  experienced  the  Hongkong 
summer  !  We  realize  with  regret  that  our  days  on  the 
"Empress  of  China  "  will  soon  be  only  pleasant  memories. 

Soon  we  must  <pnt  our  lodgings  in  this  floating  hotel,  in 
which  we  have  lived  for  three  weeks  and  one  day  —  this 
voyage  being  the  longest  we  have  yet  made,  but  not  dis- 
agreeably long  in  spite  of  all.      It  has  been  restful  and  full  of 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


12: 


variety.  There  have  been  Arctic  days  off  the  Aleutian  Is- 
lands in  the  North  Pacific,  temperate  days  along  the  lovely 
shores  of  Japan,  and  days  that  were  almost  torrid  in  the 
Formosa  straits  ;  we  have  stepped  down  the  same  gangway 
into  British  Columbia,  Yokohama,  Kobe,  Nagasaki,  and 
Shanghai — and  to-morrow  that  gangway  will  be  for  us  the 
gateway  to  Hongkong,  Macao,  and  Canton. 

The  weather  on  the  morning  of  our  arrival  was  what 
might  be  termed  varied  :  apparently  three  fearful  thunder- 
storms were  mustering  on  one  side  ;  on  the  other,  bright 
sunshine  touched  and  scorched  a  narrow  strip  of  shore,  while 
fogs  hung  black  and  purple,  in  the  harbor-entrance. 


Till-     KIH.K    tH     <-HINA 


126 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


After  the  ugliness  of  the  approach  to  Shanghai,  the  beauty 
of  the  outlying  islands  and  of  the  coast  itself  surprises  us. 
We  enter  the  narrow  channel  between  the  mainland  and  the 
island  of  Hongkong.  Clusters  of  huts,  scarcely  distinguish- 
able from  the  earth  and  rock  bidiind  them,  are  the  only 
evidences  of  human  presence,  and  we  are  vaguely  surprisi;d 
at  this  apparent  desolation  ;  we  almost  expected  to  see  the 
teeming  millions  of  yellow  men,  crowded  to  the  very  edge 
of  China,  struggling  to  retain  a  foothold  on  its  sacred  shore. 
Yet  yonder  province  of  Kwangtung,  although  smaller  than 
the  state  of  Kansas,  has  a  population  of  29,000,000  souls. 

Suddenly  the  City  of  Victoria  bursts  upon  us,  the  top  of 
it  lost   in   the   mist   of   morning. 

Then  as  the  mist  drifts  aside  for  a  moment,  we  see  the 
whole  gigantic  mass  of   ' '  The  Peak  "  —  it    is   as   if   we   were 


THE    CITV    OK    VICTORIA 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


127 


looking  at  a  green  Gibraltar  —  the  resemblance  is  wonderfully 
striking.  The  peak  is  eighteen  hundred  feet  in  height. 
We  are  in  the  busiest  harbor  in  the  Eastern  Seas,  the 
meeting-place  of  ships  from  every  corner  of  the  world.  So 
broad  is  the  anchorage  that  there  is  no  crowding  ;  the  count- 


nONGKONG    SAMPANS 


less  mighty  ships  swing  freely  with  the  tide,  each  in  its 
watery  orbit,  each  with  its  nebula  of  satellites.  Our  steamer 
soon  runs  into  a  veritable  milky  way  of  little  native  boats. 

The  disembarkation  of  the  Chinese  steerage-passengers  is 
a  treat  for  eye  and  ear.  A  flotilla  of  sampans  surrounds  the 
"  Empress  of  China.  "  They  are  crowded  with  the  runners 
for  the  native  inns  —  half-nude  individuals  wearing  hats  as 
big  as  umbrellas.  Suddenly  all  the  hats — more  than  a  hun- 
dred of  them — are  lifted  and  held  upright  like  round  shields 
above  the  pig-tailed  heads.  Why  this  salute  or  pose.' 
Because  on  the  "roof  "of  every  hat  is  painted  in  huge  red 
letters  an  "ad.  "  for  a  hotel  or  lodging-house. 


128 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


The  sight  of  that  hundred-odd  advertising  disks,  waving 
on  the  waters  was  worth  coming  a  long  way  to  see.  By  this 
time  an  acre  of  Httle  boats  is  alongside  —  and  ere  the  anchor 
has  gone  splashing  down,  the  ship  is  grappled  by  long  bam- 
boo poles  with  big  hooks  at  the  upper  end,  and  up  these  poles 
some  fifty  men,  with  the  agility  of  monkeys,  come  gliding 
swiftly,  leaping  over  the  rail,  and  dropping  among  the  pas- 
sengers like  soldiers  who  have  stormed  and  taken  a  redoubt. 

.Arrival  in  a  new  land  is  always  delightful  ;  enchantment 
always  attends  the  coming  into  a  strange  harbor.  We  are 
surprised  to  find  the  harbor  of  Hongkong  so  beautiful.  We 
pass  the  warship  "Bennington,"  just  detached  from  the 
Manila  fleet.  Then  a  rumor  runs  along  our  decks.  Some  one 
has  said  that  Dewey  has  already  left  Manila,  that  the  "  Olym- 
pia,"  too,  is  here,  and  sure  enough,  there  in  the  distance  lies 
another  warship,  fl\ing  the  stars  and  stripes.  But  can  it  be 
the    admiral's    flag-ship,    that     dingy    cruiser    with    her    hull 


HONGKONL.    HAKBOK 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


129 


painted  a  gory  red,  her  upper  works  still 
wearing  the  war-time   coat  of  gray  ? 
But  looking  through  our  glasses  we 
see    upon    her   stern    the   letters 
OLY  —  we  can  guess  the  rest. 
It    is    the    Olympia  !       She    is 
making  her  toilet,   laying  off 
her  campaign  gray,  and  put- 
ting  on    a   suit    of    white   in 
which    to    travel    homeward 
through   the  tropics. 

Then     people     come    on 
boaril  from  launches,  and  we 
learn  that  the  admiral  is  rest- 
ing at  Peak  Hotel,  up  "top- 
side ' '  among  the  clouds,  which 
at  this  season  usually  hide  the 
summit    of     Hongkong.       Lieu- 
tenant   Hobson,    too,    lives    there 
in  the  mist,  in  the   hotel,   which  we 
see  now  and  then  for  a  brief  moment, 
when   it   has    been    pointed    out    to 
us,   far  up  the  slope  in  a  gap  between  two  peaks. 

Meantime  the  English  porters  of  the  various  great  hotels 
have  boarded  the  ship  in  a  manner  less  acrobatic  than  that  of 
their  Chinese  rivals.  A  man  with  the  words  "  Hongkong 
Hotel  "  upon  his  cap,  points  out  the  house  he  represents.  A 
few  moments  later  we  land  at  a  stone  pier,  and  thence  pro- 
ceed on  foot  to  the  hotel,  leaving  our  baggage  to  be  carried 
in  our  wake  by  two  pair  of  sturdy  coolies.  There  is  no  Cus- 
tom House.  Hongkong  is  a  free  port;  the  pleasure  of  arrival 
is  not  marred  by  official  molestations.  We  are  permitted  to 
arrive  without  committing  perjury  or  breaking  our  finger-nails 
upon  tilt;  refractory  catches  of  our  trunks.  We  follow  the 
9 


THK  PEAK  RAILWAY  I-ROM  THE  CI-IR 


I30 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


splendid  stone  quay  to  the  right  along  the  water-front.  All 
this  is  comparatively  new  ;  the  water-front  familiar  to  the 
traveler  of  ten  3'ears  ago  is  now  two  blocks  from  shore  :  the 
gray  structures  far  to  the  left  with  three  tiers  of  arcaded  bal- 
conies formerly  marked  the  harbor  edge  of  Hongkong.  We 
cross  a  spacious  square,  graced  by  the  statue  of  Her  Majesty 
the  Queen  ;  the  square  is  but  a  small  part  of  the  great 
"  Prava  Reclamation  "  begun  about  ten  3'ears  ago.  No  less 
than  fiftv-seven  acres  of  promenades  and  level  building-lots 
have  been  created  bv  a  process  of  filling  in,  for  the  town  has 
grown  weary  of  bracing  itself  on  the  steep  incline  of  the 
rock\'  slope.  Nor  will  the  corner  lots  remain  long  unim- 
proved. We  see,  at  every  turn,  buildings  in  process  of  con- 
struction; but  the\'  are  not  skeletons  of  steel  with  a  veneer  of 
terra  cotta,  like  the  new  buildings  that  we  see  rising  so 
rapidlv  in  our  cities  ;  for  these  rise  in  vaulted  solidity,  stone 
upon    stone,    brick  upon   brick,    arch    supporting    arch. 


ft 


Ml  KKA\S    WHARF    AT    HnN<;KC)N(i 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


131 


But  despite  the  European  architecture  we  know  that  we 
are  in  an  Oriental  country,  and  we  reahze  that  we  have 
scented  a  new  land.  The  discovery  of  a  new  smell  is  always 
an  event  in  the  life  of  a  traveler.  Every  foreign  land  worth 
visiting  has   its   peculiar,  its   unmistakable   aroma.      Delight- 


PART  OP  THE  PRAYA   RKCLAMATION 

edly  we  sniff  the  heavy  atmosphere  in  an  attempt  to  analyze 
the  new-found  perfume  ;  in  it  we  detect  an  ()/(///t\ss  that  is 
not  antiquity,  a  raciness  that  is  not  of  decay,  a  touch  of 
aromatic  wood,  and  a  suspicion  of  incense  burned  long  ago 
and  far  away,  all  this  saturated  with  the  steam  of  a  perspir- 
mg  population,  such  is  the  smell  of  Hongkong.  It  gives  us 
a  keen  sense  of  remoteness,  not  altogether  grateful  to  a 
traveler  who  finds  himself  alone  in   Hongkong. 

As  I  wrote  home  the  first  evening  in  Hongkong,  "I  am 
full  —  of  things  to  say.  To-day  has  been  a  big  day  —  a  day 
to  be  remembered  ;  for  to-day  I  have  learned  a  new  smell  — 
the  smell  of  China,  the  '  bouquet  dti  C/ihiois  '  as  the  French  so 


1^2 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


A    NEW    BUIl-DlNi 


delicately  put  it.  It 
is  not  the  opium- 
hiden  perfume  of  the 
San  Francisco  Chin- 
ese quarter,  nor  is  it 
the  stuffy  stink  of  the 
Asiatic  steerage  —  it 
is  a  smell  apart,  a  sort 
of  CSSC//CC  (f  Or/c)//, 
distilled  by  the  trans- 
piration of  four  hun- 
dred millions  of  toil- 
ing Celestials,  —  a 
racy,  sweetish,  sour- 
ish wholesome  smell,  not  disagreeable,  at  least  to  me,  for  it 
is  new  and  interesting,  suggestive  and  exotic.  It  is  every- 
where, even  in  the  stately  halls  of  the  Club  ;  it  is  wafted  by 
every  wave  of  every  punkah  —  a  trace  of  it  must  surely  come 
to  you  folded  in  this 
letter!  " 

It  is  on  landing 
that  the  new  smell 
smites  the  traveler  — 
at  the  same  moment 
he  begins  to  perspire ; 
and  continues  to  per- 
spire until  he  leaves 
this  Anglo-Chinese 
Turkish  bath.  At  the 
Hongkong  Hotel  —  a 
five-story  pile,  buff- 
colored  and  balco- 
nied, I  secure  a  big, 
bare  room  with  a  sec- 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


133 


tion  of  a  broad 
sheltered  bal- 
cony, for  ten 
Mexican  dollars 
a  day  —  about 
four  dollars  and 
eighty  cents  in 
our  money.  The 
house  seems  old 
and  damp;  it 
has  a  smell  like 
a  gymnasium  and 
everybody    in    it 

IN   THIi   HONGKONG    HOTEL  1^    UUip    aUQ   Qrip" 

ping  more  or  less.  An  attempt  to  strike  a  match  results  in 
daubing  on  the  under  side  of  the  mantel  a  streak  of  softened 
yellow  sulphur.  Quick-tempered  travelers  have  been  known 
to  produce  blue  streaks  of  sulphurousness.  Our  shoes  if 
left  out  over  night  turn  white  with  mildew.  Everything 
is    thoroughly    damp    and     warmly    clammy    to    the    touch. 

My  first  sortie 
is  to  the  Chinese 
tailor  to  order 
suits  of  white, 
which  are  made 
in  no  time,  for 
practically  noth- 
ing—  about  one 
dollar  and  seven- 
ty-five cents  a 
suit.  The  cost 
of  laundering  is 
only  live  cents 
each.     \Ve  elbow 

FIVE   t)  CI.0C:K    7  KA    in     IHK    MOKNING 


IP 

!   — 

ri 

r 

134 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


our  way  in  Queen's  Road,  tlie  principal  thoroughfare,  through 
busy  crowds,  along  the  arcaded  sidewalks  ;  we  see  myriads  of 
beautiful  brown  legs,  with  splendid  brown  bodies  above  them, 
bodies  nude  to  the  waist,  backs  streaming  with  warm  rain, 
wide  straw  hats  dripping  water  ;  calm  coolie  faces  wet  with 
sweat.  Toil,  toil  on  every  side  !  for  all  these  brown  men 
are  hauling  jinrikishas  or  carrying  chairs,  suspended  from  long 


THE    CLLB    FROM   THE   PEAK     RAILWAY 


bamboo  poles — the -passing  human  panorama  is  all  new  to 
us,  for  the  Chinese  predominate  to  such  an  extent  that  it 
appears  as  if  the  white  man  were  being  crowded  out.  There 
is  scarcely  room  in  the  thronged  streets  of  Hongkong  for 
its  masters,  the  sturdy  Britons  who  builded  it  as  a  strong- 
hold  for   their   commerce    in    the    Far    East. 

The  first  day  of  sight-seeing  includes  a  'rikisha  tour  wher- 
ever it  is  possible  to  go  in  a  wheeled  vehicle  —  along  the 
water-front  from  end  to  end,  from  "Sugar  House  "  to  "Gas 


1111-,     InWlK    AM)    THE     TOWN 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


137 


\\'orks, "  and  then  up  and  down  all  the  level  streets  in 
the  lower  town,  then  to  the  race-course  and  the  cemeteries, 
Parsee,  Catholic,  Protestant,  and  Mohammedan.  The  hand 
of  the  order-loving  Englishman  is  seen  in  all  things.  The 
police  are  Sikhs  from  India,  tall,  splendid,  dark-skinned  men 
with  curious  beards  that  are  rolled  or  braided  and  turned  up 
and  tucked  under  the  turban  forming  a  frame  around  the  face. 


VICTOKIA   AND   KOWLOON 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 

.The  evening  brings 
no  relief  from  the  op- 
pressive humid  lieat,  to 
the  dwellers  in  the 
lower  town,  but  we  are 
told  that  it  is  cooler 
' '  topside, ' '  and  we  take 
the  "funiculare  "  for  a 
skyward  trip 

The  tramway  is  very 

steep  ;  there  are  places 

where   }ou  catch   your 

breath  as  you  look  down 

on  the  city  and  harbor. 

The  ascent  by  night  is  a  weird  experience  ;   from  the  rear 

of  the  up-going  car  we  peer  down  upon  an  inverted  starry  sky, 

crowded  with  constellations.      The  lights  are   numberless,  on 


CONSUL-GENERAL    UILD.M.AN 


A.N    msroKIC    DESK. 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


139 


ship  and  shore,  though  we  cannot  distinguish  the  hind  Hghts 
from  the  marine  ;  we  see  only  hghts,  pale,  dim,  bright,  —  all 
kinds  of  lights,  lights  of  all  colors  ;  then  suddenly  we  collide 
with  a  cloud  upon  the  Peak  suinniit,  and  the  sea  of  glim- 
mering lights   is  lost  to  view. 

A  moment  later  and  we  are  at  the  Peak  Hotel  ;  a  cool 
breeze  is  hurrxing  the  vapors  through  the  verandas,  a  band  is 
playing  in  the  bar-room — it   is  the  Olympia  s  band,  ordered 


noNGKONc;   HARBOR 


140 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


"topside"  by  the  ad- 
miral. On  the  office 
black-board  that  serves 
as  a  register,  we  note 
among  other  names, 
the    following:  — 

Room    No     38 

ADMIRAL   G.    DEWEY. 

Room    No.    33 

LIEUT.    R.    P.    HOBSON 

' '  They  are  out  there, 
savs  the  hotel  niana- 
ager,  pointing  to  a 
sheltered  corner  of  the 
piazza  ;  but  there  is  no 
gaping  crowd.  Dewey 
and  Hobson  can  rest 
in  peace  on  the  Peak, 
wrappetl  in  its  protect- 
ing mist.  The  band 
strikes  up  "The  Star 
Spangled  Banner." 
"  That  's  the  first  time 
that  was  ever  played 
here, ' '  remarked  an 
Englishman.  Then 
through  the  damp  fog 
comes  "God  Save  the 
Oueen  ' '  ;  the  admiral 
and  his  group  applaud. 
The  musicians  pack  up 
their  instruments  and 
take  the  last  car,  on 
which  I,  too,  go  ghd- 
ing  down  to  the  muggy 


DKWFV    AND    BOB    AT    MIRRAV'S   WHARF 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


141 


lower  town.  Beside  ine  sits  the  German  trombone-player  ; 
he  tells  me  all  about  it  —  he  tooted  his  trombone  during 
the   battle    of    Manila   Bay. 

Next  morning  we  present  ourselves  at  the  American  con- 
sulate to  meet  the  man  who  was  the  hrst  American,  not  in 
Manila,  to  learn  the   story  of   the   victory  of   Manila  Bay, — 


ADMIRAL  DEWEY   LEAVING   HONGKONG  —  1899 

Consul-General  Rounsevelle  Wiklman.  Upon  his  desk,  para- 
graph by  paragraph,  was  laid  that  new  chapter  of  our  history, 
as  written  by  Dewey, —  begun  by  Dewey  on  the  first  of  May. 
I  spend  three  interesting  hours  with  our  consul-general, 
first  in  the  office  while  Chinese  interpreters  and  servants 
come  and  go,  bringing  documents  for  seal  and  signature. 
Later  we  sit  on  the  veranda  of  the  magnificent  Hongkong 
Club,    looking   over   the    harbor,    with    the  Olympia  in  view, 


142 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


FLAG-LIEUTKNANT    BRl.'MBV 


while  Coiisul-General  W'ildinaii  tells  me  things  that  would 
have  been  worth  millions  to  the  man  who  could  have  heard 
them  during  the  week  following  May  i,  1898,  that  week  of 
terrible  suspense.  His  diction  is  dramatic,  his  story  of  the 
sailing  of  the  fleet  from  Hongkong  takes  me  back  a  j'ear  and 
a  month,  the  illusion  is  complete,  and  the  stage-setting  is 
real  ;  there  is  the  ()lympia  (now  red  as  gore,  waiting  for  her 
new  white  coat  in  which  she  will  go  round  the  world  to  the 
big  nation  that  is  waiting  to  paint  everything  red  in  her 
honor),  and  there  is  the  tug  in  which  Wildman  carried 
McKinley's  orders  to  the  admiral,  who  was  holding  his  ifeet 
in  readiness  be\'ond   those   mountains   in    Mirs    Bay. 

I  \\ish  I  could  repeat  all  he  told  me  of  those  eventful  days, 
but  we  are  travelers,  we  have  come  to  see  and  not  to  listen. 
I  learn  that  on  the  following  Sunday  Admiral  Dewey  is  to 
descend  from  his  refuge  among  the  clouds,  and  that  he  has 
ordered  his  launch  to  be  at   Murray's  wharf  at  10  A.  M.      At 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


143 


9  A.  M.  I  am  at  Murray  s  wharf  behind  a  battery  of  cameras. 
The  admiral,  I  know,  has  been  so  pestered  by  the  snap-shot 
armv  that  he  now  says  "  no  "  to  all  requests  to  sit  or  pose. 
While  he  does  not  object  to  beinji;  tired  at  in  passing,  he 
refuses  to  become  a  fi.xed  target.  We  cannot  blame  him 
for  applj'ing  the  very  principle  which  proved  so  eminently 
successful  in  Manila  Bay.  A  few  officers,  some  in  civil 
dress  are  waiting  at  the  wharf.  There  is  no  sign  of  an  ex- 
pectant crowd,  unless  we  count  a  group  of  four  Americans  ; 
the  Tn'biDic  correspondent  from  Chicago,  two  young  dentists 
going  to  fill  Filipino  teeth,  and  myself,  intrenched  behind  the 
chronomatograph,   and    two    other    cameras,   and    reinforced 


f'trws'-^^^^  \ 


ORIENT   AND    OCCIDENT 


144 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


by  Mr.  Mee  Cheung,  a  Chinese  fellow  artist.  The  admiral 
appears  at  the  appointed  moment  with  Bob,  the  dog,  frisking 
beside  him.  Our  photographic  batteries  open  fire.  Dewey 
walks  down  the  steps,  looks  up  with  a  half  smile,  and  .says 
to  Ensign  Caldwell   at   his  side,    "Well,  look  at  those  photo- 


THE  OLYMPIA    AND   THE   PEAK 


graph  fellows  up  there  !  '  He  carefully  superintends  the  em- 
barkation of  Bob,  the  chow  dog,  and  cordially  he  shakes  the 
hands  of  a  few  officers  and  friends.  My  Chinese  servant, 
charged  to  fire  one  of  the  cameras,  caught  the  admiral  at  the 
very  instant  he  began  his  homeward  journey,  followed  by 
Flag-Lieutenant  Brumby,  and  Ensign  Caldwell,  his  private 
secretary.      We  scarcely  recognize  the  admiral  in  civil  dress, 


THE  EDGE  OF  CHINA 


145 


but  we  remark  his  splendid  carriage,  his  brisk,  decisive  air ; 
there  is  no  hesitation  in  his  step  as  he  leaves  Asiatic  shores 
to  face  the  overwhelming  welcome  that  awaits  him  in  his 
native  land.  Lieutenant  Brumby,  during  the  homeward 
vovage,  came  between  his  famous  superior  and   the  public, 


MOUF.RN   ()I.%Mr'lANlKKS 


and  performed  the  duties  of  his  most  difficult  position  with 
discretion,  courtesy,  and  tact.  And  Ensign  Caldwell  must 
have  been  an  ideal  secretary  for  a  modest  man,  for  he  pos- 
sessed that  same  virtue  for  which  we  love  George  Dewey 
most.  I  chanced  to  lunch  three  times  with  Caldwell  at  the 
Club,  as  with  a  casual  acquaintance,  for  I  did  not  then  know 
his  name  or  his  profession.  The  fact  that  he  was  one  of 
1(1 


146 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


the  heroes  of  Manila  Bay  had  to  be  wormed  out  of  him.  I 
took  him  for  a  traveler ;  I  asked  him  if  he  had  been  in 
Manila.  "  Yes,  "  he  said.  "  How  lon^^  .^  "  I  asked.  "About 
a  year."  "Did  you  live  in  the  walled  city.'"  "No, 
on  a  ship."  "What  ship.'"'  "The  'Olympia.'  I'm  in 
the  navy.  "  That  s  the  spirit  of  modesty  that  our  boys  have 
caught    from    Dewey. 


)N    PHWEV  S    DECK 


The  Flagship  of  our  Asiatic  squadron  is  now  resplendent 
in  spotless  white  —  clean,  trim,  and  businesslike.  On  the  eve 
of  departure  she  is  dressed  with  a  hundred  tfags  in  honor  of 
the  birthday  of  the  King  of  Italy,  but  we  prefer  to  think  it  is 
in  honor  of  the  admiral's  return,  after  his  brief  vacation  on 
the  misty  Peak  ;  and  even  the  Peak  unwraps  itself  to-day  and 
stands  forth  clear  and  sharp  against  the   summer  sky,  which 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


149 


smiles  upon 
George  Dew- 
ey as  he  em- 
barks to  circle 
half  the  globe. 
But  before  the 
"  0 1  y  m  p  i  a  " 
sails,  let  us  go 
on  board  and 
grasp  the  hand 
and  listen  to 
the  words  of 
the  man,  who 
only  thirteen 
months  before 
said,  "Grid- 
ley,  when  you 
are  ready,  you 
may  Hre. ' 


'pen  the  quarter 
deck  we  are  re- 
ceived in  per- 
son  by  Flag- 
Lieutenant 
Brumby  who 
conducts    us, 
a     few     min- 
utes   later,    to 
the  cabin  of  the 
victorious   but 
odest    admiral. 


rilK    HONGKONG   CLUB 


ISO 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


George  Dew- 
ey does  not  affect 
the  air  of  a  ce- 
lebrity; his  greet- 
ing is  hke  that 
of  any  other  gen- 
tleman ;  nor  did 
he  let  fall  any  of 
those  remarks 
which  we  expect 
from  great  men's 
lips,  phrases  that 
are  framed  for 
repetition  by  the 
hearer.  When 
we  beg  the  ad- 
miral not  to  be 
too  hard  upon 
the  American 
people,  if  in  their 
enthusiasm  at  his 
return  they  fail 
to  respect  his  in- 
clination toward 
retirement  and 
rest,  he  replies 
that  he  cannot 
understand  why 
there  should  be 
any  manifesta- 
tion in  his  hon- 
or ;  "  the  people 
out  here  do  not 
think  that  we  did 


BKFORH   TIFFIN  —  HONGKONG   CLl'B 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


151 


anything  wonder- 
ful, ' '  he  says,  in 
a  tone  which  in- 
d  icates  that  he 
shares  their  opin- 
ion. Then  with 
a  hearty  hand- 
shake he  wishes 
us  good  fortune 
in  Manila,  but 
seems  to  say  at 
the  same  time, 
■■  I  am  not  sorry 
to  be  sailing  to- 
morrow in  the 
opposite  d  i  r  e  c  - 
tion.  " 

Through  the 
kind  offices  of  the 
consul-general 
we  are  put  up 
for  an  indefinite 
period  at  the  palatial  Hongkong  Club,  where  we  meet 
men  prominent  in  all  the  enterprises  of  the  colony.  We  are 
presented  to  a  doctor,  who  prescribes  for  us  an  easy  chair 
out  on  the  balcony,  and  a  long  cool  glass  of  something. 
The  long  cool  glass  is  one  of  the  institutions  of  Hongkong. 
While  the  ice  melts,  the  doctor  confides  to  us  the  fact 
that  he  has  had  a  hard  day  of  scientific  labor.  "Just  been 
studying  four  Chinese  plague  patients, —  dead  ones  of  course,  " 
he  calmly  remarks,  whereupon  we  are  so  impolite  as  to 
shrink  instinctively  from  the  man  of  science.  "No  danger," 
he  continues,  as  he  follows  us  into  the  library;  "the 
plague  seldom  touches  Europeans,  and  there  is  no  use  trying 


\  ERA.^DA  OF   THE  CLUB  CHAMBERS 


Ii2 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


to  avoid  it.  The  servant  who  brinj^s  your  morninf<  tea 
and  toast  may  have  left  a  brother  dying-  in  a  Chinese  tene- 
ment. The  papers  report  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  cases 
daily  ;  these  are  the  i^nown  cases  only.  Five  times  as  many 
cases    are    jealously  concealed."     Then   he   relates  startling 


1     I  111-:   w't  IK  I  I 


incidents  of  the  present  outbreak.  The  night  before  he  had 
stumbled  over  something  in  the  roadway.  It  proved  to  be 
the  head  servant  of  a  rich  English  family,  stricken  down  by  the 
bubonic  terror  as  he  was  returning  to  serve  dinner  at  their 
villa  on  the  Peak.  The  morning  of  our  arrival  a  jinrikisha 
coolie  fell  dead  between  the  shafts,  while  running  wiih'  a 
passenger.      The  dead  man  was  picked  up,  placed  in  his  own 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


153 


jiiiiikisha,  and  rushed  away  ;  the  first  ride  he  had  ever  had, 
and  the  last.  "Therefore,  why  make  yourselves  miserable 
with  worry  ?  Take  your  chances  cheerfully  like  the  rest  of 
us,  and  come  to  tiffin."  "Tiffin,"  in  the  language  of  the 
East,  means  the  midday  meal.  "But  why  do  they  hang 
the  tablecloths  to  dry  in  the  dining-room  ?  ' '  the  griffin  will 
ask  as  he  perceives  long  white  linen  affairs  suspended  verti- 
cally from  the  ceiling.  I  must  explain  that  "griffin  "  is  the 
Far  Eastern  word  for  "tenderfoot."  The  griffin  is  bound 
to  make  mistakes.  The  supposed  tablecloths  are  "punkas," 
Indian  word  for  fans,  huge,  white,  suspended  wind-pro- 
ducers, which  waving  slowly  to  and  fro  keep  the  air  con- 
stantly in  circulation.  Without  the  punka  it  would  be  im- 
possible to  eat.  The  superiority  of  this  contrivance  to  the 
electric  fan  is  at  once  apparent.  The  buzzing  wheel  of  the 
latter  projects  a  dangerous  draft 
through  the  stagnant  atmosphere 
of  a  hot  room,  ruffling  our  nerves, 
while  the  silent  waving  of  the 
punka- wings  produces  the  effect 
of  a  gentle  breeze,  which  cools 
the  room  and  soothes  the  senses. 
The  punka  is  the  delight    of    all 


154 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


save  the  poor  punk;i-piillers,  the  miserable  boys  and  men 
who  stand  outside  on  the  sunny  balcony  and  tug  at  the 
resisting  ropes  by  means  of  which  the  motive  power  is  trans- 
mitted.     Vou  can  hire  a  boy  to  pull  a  punka-rope  all  day  and 


A   TOPSIDli    KESIDENCH 


part  of  the  night  for  a  monthly  salary  of  about  two  dollars. 
The  side  streets  of  Hongkong  are  lined  with  sleepy  Orientals, 
tugging  rhythmically  at  ropes  w  hich  dangle  even  from  the 
windows    of    the   topmost   stories. 

We  have  secured  rooms  that  open  on  a  broad,  cool 
balcony  on  the  top  floor  of  the  club.  There  every  morning 
at  six  o'clock  —  for  even  clubmen  rise  early  in  the  land  where 
the  morning  nap  brings  no  refreshment  because  of  the  in- 
creasing heat  —  men  lie  in  bamboo  chairs,  taking  their  tea 
and  toast,  served  bv  silent  Chinese  valets. 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


155 


An  indispensable  adjunct  of  every  self-respecting  traveler 
in  the  East  is  a  Chinese  "  boy,  "  a  trim,  well-trained,  and  in- 
expensive valet  and  interpreter.  My  "boy,"  Ah  Kee,  agrees 
to  follow  and  to  serve  me  on  land  and  sea  for  the  exorbitant 
monthly  wage  of  $1  1 .  10.  The  regular  pay  for  bo\s  is  only 
six   dollars,  but   as    my    plans    include    a    sojourn    amid   the 


THE   PEAK 


dangers  of  the  Filipino  war,  Ah  Kee  demands  five  dollars 
and  ten  cents  extra  for  the  risk.  Thanks  to  Ah  Kee,  the 
petty  cares  of  life  do  not  exist  for  me. 

But  let  us  now  begin  a  ramble  around,  or,  rather,  up  and 
down  the  town,  for  as  we  extend  our  investigations  we  shall 
find   Hongkong  a  place  of  many  climbs  and  steep  descents. 

The  passing  'rikishas  and  chairs  remind  us  that  the  white 
man  seldom  walks  in  Ciiina.  Why  should  he.'  Let  me  give 
the  rates  of  fare  for  'rikishas  :  one-fourth  hour,  live  cents  ; 
first  hour,    fifteen   cents  ;  subsequent   hours,  ten   cents.      Jin- 


■56 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


rikishas  are  used  only  in  the  lower,  level  streets.  To  make 
excursions  on  the  Peak  we  take  the  comfortable  chairs  sup- 
ported by  long,  springy  bamboo  poles  and  borne  by  two, 
three,  or  sometimes  four  sturdy  coolies.      These  are   a  trifle 


THE    HARBOR,    FROM    T  ItK    PEAK 


dearer  than  the  'rikishas  :  with  two  bearers,  one  hour,  twenty 
cents  ;  all  day,  one  dollar.  These  prices  seem  pitifully  low, 
but  we  must  still  cut  the  figures  in  half,  and  then  snip  off 
a  trifle  more,  for  the  silver  dollar  of  China  is  worth  less  than 
fifty  cents.  Thus  the  two  barebacked  brown  men  who  have 
borne  your  chair  upon  their  shoulders  all  day  long  each  re- 
ceives at  nightfall  the  equivalent  of  one  American  quarter. 
If  we  ask  the  reason  for  all  this,  the  resident  will  point  toward 
yonder  mainland  province  of  Kwangtung  and  remind  you  of 
its  2(j, 000,000  plodding  persistent  workers,  gaining  a  daily 
wage  of  from   three  to  seven  cents,  who  look  envyingly  upon 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


IS7 


the  well-paid  coolies  of  Hongkong.  Strikes  are  of  rare  oc- 
currence. A  chair-e.xcursion  up  and  around  about  the  Peak 
is  as  delightful  as  it  is  cheap.  Smooth  roads  and  paths  wind 
from  sea-level  to  the  several  mountain-tops  and  down  the 
farther  side  to  native  hamlets  on  southern  shore.  The  chairs 
are  comfortable,  the  springy  movement  imparted  by  the 
bamboo  poles,  so  long  and  flexible,  is  delightful,  and  the 
steady,  almost  automatic  stride  of  the  men  inspires  confi- 
dence in  their  ability  to  bear  us  safely 
to  the  topmost  points  and  down  the 
steepest  slopes.  Thus,  charmed  by 
the  novelty  of  our  conve3ance  and 
)y  the  sunny  splendor  of  our  sur- 
roundings, we  e.xplore  the  residential 


It  i\\   \K  11    KUWLOON 


158 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


suburbs  on  the  Peak.  Up  "top-side,  "  as  has  been  said 
the  temperature  is  lower  than  in  that  part  of  town  called 
"dovvn-side,  '  but  the  humidity  is  greater.  Sometimes  for 
weeks  the  Peak  is  wrapped  in  damp  cloud  masses,  and  every- 
thing inside  the  houses  is  wringing  wet.  The  first  day  of  sun- 
shine following  a  foggy  period  sees  these  same  homes  literally 
turned  wrong-side  out.  Bedding,  mattresses,  and  curtains  hang 
limp  from  ever_\-  window,  soggy  upholstered  furniture  is  ranged 
out  on  the  lawn  as  if  for  a  grand  auction-sale, — even  the 
shadows  try  to  creep  around  into  the  sun  to  dry  themselves. 
Above  the  Peak  Hotel  looms  a  larger  structure,  origi- 
nally intended  for  a  hotel,  but  now  used  as  an  army  sanatorium 
and  barracks.       How  marvelously  well  has  England  done  her 

work  here  on  this  rugged  island, 
where  in    1841   there  was  not  a 


A     PKAK    PATHWAY 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


159 


THK  TAI   TAM   DAM 


sign  of  civilization,  and  where  to-day  we  find  a  splendid 
city  of  a  quarter  of  a  million  people  !  The  story  of  Hong- 
kong is  worth  the  telling.  The  island  came  into  British 
hands  in  1841  as  a  Voluntary  Cession  on  the  part  of  the 
Chinese  government.  China  in  our  day  has  made  voluntary 
cessions  and  friendly  leases  to  other  powers,  but  by  a  strange 
coincidence  the  giving  of  these  valuable  gifts  is  always  pre- 
ceded by  the  assembling  of  fleets,  the  roar  of  cannon,  and 
the  march  of  troops.  In  1840,  British  trade  with  the  great 
city  of  Canton  had  come  to  a  standstill  as  the  result  of 
Chinese  interference  and  hostility.  A  British  fleet  block- 
aded the  Canton  River.  The  forts  of  the  Bogue  were  taken, 
a  lleet  of  war-junks  was  destroyed,  and  British  trade  was 
speedily  resumed.  Then  came  the  "  voluntary  cession  "  of  a 
barren  island  to  the  so-called  barbarian  foe.  The  British 
found  a  pojjulation  of  2,000  miserable  fishermen  and  farmers. 
A  city  was  founded.  It  was  called  Victoria,  but  it  is  more 
widely  known  as  Hongkong,  the  name  of  the  island  on  which 
it  stands.  In  sixty  years  this  thriving  city  with  its  splendid 
commercial  palaces,    warehouses,    factories,    dwellings,    and 


i6o 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


churches,  have  been  created  by  the  mighty  impulse  of  British 
trade  ambition.  The  opposite  peninsula  of  Kowloon,  ceded 
in  1 86 1,  IS  now  the  site  of  splendid  dry-docks,  ship-yards, 
and  naval-shops,  where  the  fleets  of  the  Pacific  may  be  as 
thoroughly  cared  for  as  in  the  ship-yards  of  the  Occident. 
The  Spanish  ships  which  Dewey  sunk  were  there  refitted 
under  the  direction   of    Lieutenant    Hobson. 

In    1899,  an  extensive   hinterland,  behind  Kowloon,  came 
into   the  possession    of   the   British, —  of  course,  by  voluntary 


I     I  AM    KKSERVOIR 


cession,  although  two  hundred  Chinamen  were  killed,  —  of 
course  by  accident,  or  rather  through  their  own  ignorance 
of  what  was  best  for  them,  for  British  rule  has  proved  a 
blessmg  to  the  native  population.  Xo  fewer  than  250,000 
Chinese  have  settled  in  Hongkong  to  escape  the  exactions  of 
their  own  authorities,  to  benefit  by  the  just  laws,  and  to 
enjoy  the  protection  which  Great  Britain  gives  to  guest  as 
well  as  subject.  Thus,  thanks  to  its  moral,  commercial,  and 
geographical  advantages,  \'ictoria  is  in  1900  the  third  sea- 
port of  the  world,  rivaling  New  York,  surpassing  Liverpool. 
Seventeen  million  tons  of  shipping  enter  the  port  each  year. 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


i6i 


In  1896  the  ships  numbered  nearly  35,000.  Leaving  out 
of  consideration  the  30,000  Chinese  ships,  we  find  that  of  the 
foreign  vessels  more  than  three  thousand  were  British,  700  Ger- 
man, 120  French,  but  only  fifty-six  came  under  the  Stars  and 
Stripes,  and  the  United  States  is  to-day  a  next-door  neighbor  ! 

The  public  works  of  the  city  of  Victoria  keep  pace  with 
her  commercial  glory.  Witness  the  superb  roads  and  prome- 
nades ;    look    at    her  water-works  and   reservoirs.       Far  up 


1  HH   HONr.KUNG   AND   SHANGHAI    BANK 


amid  the  island  summits  we  find  the  splendid  Tai  Tarn  reser- 
voir with  a  capacity  of  four  million  gallons  and,  in  spite  of 
its  altitude,  a  catchment  area  of  two  thousand  acres. 

These  things  all  speak  of  vast  commercial  success,  of 
rapidly  increasing  capital.  To  care  for  this,  to  canalize  this 
flood  of  wealth,  there  are  world-famous  banking  institutions, 
of  which  the  most  prominent  is  the  Hongkong  and  Shanghai 
Banking  Corporation  with  a  capital  of  ten  million  dollars, 
with  an  annual  net  profit  to  the  shareholders  of  a  million  and 
a  half.  Many  of  the  stupendous  loans  which  China  is  period- 
n 


l62 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


ically  making,  and  the  recent  great  railway  concessions  and 
construction  contracts  are  financed  by  the  "Hongkong 
Bank.  "  The  manager.  Sir  Thomas  Jackson,  receives  a 
salary  larger  than  that  of  the  President  of  the  United  States, 
and  has  besides  the  use  of  two  residences,  each  one  more  com- 


1!IK    TOP   OF    HONGKONG 


fortable  and  more  luxurious  than  the  White  House  in  Wash- 
ington. And  yet  as  we  gaze  from  the  peak  summit  where, 
eighteen  hundred  feet  above  the  sea,  we  find  the  gardens, 
tennis  courts,  and  palaces  of  men  enriched  by  the  commerce 
of  that  almost  impenetrable  nation  the  edge  of  which  we  see 
upon  the  far  horizon,  we  realize  that  all  that  we  have  seen  is 
but  the  beginning,  the  promise  of  a  future  prosperity  to  which 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


i6: 


no  man  dare  set  a  limit.  And  an  eagerness  to  see  what  lies 
beyond  those  distant  hills,  to  penetrate  into  the  China  of  the 
Chinese,  lays  hold  on  us.  Nor  is  our  desire  difficult  to 
realize.  We  know  that  Canton,  the  most  populous  city  of  all 
China,  may  be  reached  in  half  a  day  by  modern  river  steamers. 
En  route  to  Canton  the  traveler  usually  stops  at  the  City 
of  Macao,  the  oldest  colony  in   China,  founded    by   Portugal 


in  1557.  A  voyage  of  half  a  day  brings  us  from  the  busy 
present  to  the  inactive  past.  The  last  thing  that  we  saw  at 
Hongkong  was  the  "  Olympia,  "  witness  of  latter-day  events 
and  American  conquests.  The  first  thing  that  arrests  the 
eye  as  we  scan  the  silhouette  of  old  Macao  is  a  lighthouse, 
called  the  Gitia,  or  the  guiding  light  —  the  first  and  for 
many  years  the  only  lighthouse  on  the  treacherous  Chinese 
coast.  It  speaks  of  the  forgotten  past  and  of  the  early  con- 
quests of  the  Portuguese  in   commerce  and  in  war.       Macao, 


1 66 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


THE   CITV  OF    THE    PORTUGUESE 


though  lying  near  the  mainland,  is  built  on  a  peninsula, 
which  itself  is  a  part  of  an  island  called  Heung  Shan.  The 
city,    in   spite   of    its   medieval   origin,    presents   a   fresh   and 

young  face  to  the  sea.    la^^^^igK^^wQv,^ -fv^ 

The  long  sweep  of  the    HBBIBn[!PHV^9<^i^H^^^V>L'^ Xr^^K 

water-front,     called 

the    Pray  a   Grande, 

has  been  likened  to  a 

modest  replica  of  the 

Neapolitan   shore. 

Macao  s     commerce, 

although  strong  in  -its 


^^'"i'4l 


THE  EDGE  OF  CHINA 


167 


three  centuries  of  supremacy,  could  not  withstand  the  com- 
petition of  Hongkong.  Grass  grows  in  the  streets  to-day, 
and  the  shipping  trade  is  largely  confined  to  native  junks. 
Much  old  wealth  still  lingers  here,  but  we  must  not  for- 
get as  we  admire  the  pure  white  facades  of  rich  men  s 
dwellings  that  in  the  basement  of  many  houses  we  could 
find  the  dark  cellars,  called  barracoons,  where  stocks  of 
hunuin  merchandise  were  pitilessly  confined  during  the  days 
of  the  abominable  "coolie  traffic,  "  a  form  of  contract  slavery 
which  was  suppressed  only  in  1S74.  Advancing  along  the 
curving  Praya,  our  native  guide  points  out  a 

stately  residence  and  j*  tells  us  that  it 

is  the    property    of 


lUt   UKUMO   OK     CA.MUt.NS 


i68 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


CAMOENS  GARDEN 


Chinese  millionaire.  There  is  a  familiar  ring  about  the 
name  Ah  Fong,  that  carries  our  thoughts  back  to  Hono- 
lulu. Can  we  have  stumbled  upon  the  dwelling  of  the 
vanished  Chinese  Croesus,  whose  Hawaiian  family  is  so  well- 
known  in  the  islands.'  Yes,  so  it  is  —  although  this  is  but 
one  of  the  many  residences  possessed  by  him  in  southern 
China.  His  favorite  abode  is  in  the  hamlet  of  Wong-mo-si, 
eight  or  ten  miles  inland.  It  was  his  boyhood  home,  and 
after  an  absence  of  forty  years  he  returned  to  create  there, 
with  his  foreign  millions,  a  magnificent  estate.  He  has  built 
picturesque  Chinese  palaces,  pavilions,  and  ancestral  temples  ; 
there  are  also  memorial  pagodas  and  gateways,  with  lauda- 
tory tablets  erected  by  permission  of  the  Emperor,  as  endur- 
ing testimonials  that  those  who  follow  the  example  of  Ah 
Fong,  and  by  lives  of  industry  and  honesty  amass  great 
wealth,  are  deserving  of  Imperial  praise.  But  it  is  to  be 
noted    that    the    wise  plutocrat  invests  the  bulk  of  his  vast 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


169 


fortune  in  other  lands,  where  plutocrats,  althoujjh  not  praised, 
are  protected  —  not,   as  in  China,  praised  and  plucked. 

Wandering  into  the  higher  regions  of  the  town  we  find  in 
the  midst  of  an  ancient  garden  a  grotto,  sacred  to  the  mem- 
ory of  Luiz  de  Camoens,  author  of  the  Lusiad,  the  epic 
poem  of  old  Portugal.  Banished  from  his  native  Lisbon  in 
1 547  because  of  a  youthful  love-affair,  Camoens  served  his 
country  in  the  war  with  Moorish  pirates  near  Ceuta,  on  the 
Barbary  Coast.  Pardoned,  he  returned  to  find  his  verses 
far  more  famous  than  his  deeds  of  valor.  He  traveled  in  the 
Orient,  told  in  verse  of  the  abuses  in  the  Indian  colonies  of 
Portugal,  and  was  again  sent  into  banishment.  It  was  here 
in  the  silence  of  this  garden  in  a  rock\"  recess  that  he  com- 
posed the  closing  stanzas  of  "  Os  Lusiadas,  "  the  poem  in 
which  he  sang  the  illustrious  deeds  of  his  adventurous  coun- 
trymen in  all  parts  of  the  narrow,  medieval  world  which  the 
Lusitanians  were,  by  their  explorations,  making  wider  every 

year.      Through  his  in- 
fluence   and    efforts 
the     language    of 


THK    FAi;-ADK   OK    SAN    PAt'l.O 


170 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


his  ungrateful  country  was  preserved  when  threatened  with 
extinction  by  the  Spanish  occupation.  Spanish  was  spoken 
at  the  court  of  Lisbon,  but  Camoens'  stanzas  were  read  and 
cherished  by  the  people.      He  died  in  po\erty  in  Lisbon. 

.Vnother  of  the  sights  which  every  traveler  must  see  is  the 
hollow  ruin  of  the  San  Paulo  Church,  a  structure  dating  from 
the  sixteenth  century  and  partly  destroyed  by  fire  in  1835. 
As  we  gaze  through  its  casements,  glazed  only  by  fragments 
of  the  transparent  sky,  let  me  remind  \'ou  that  Macao  s  pre- 
tenses to  political  morality  are  as  hollow  as  this  empty 
church,  which  stands  here  as  a  fitting  symbol  of  degenera- 
tion. The  revenues  of  the  colony  are  almost  entirely  de- 
rived from  opium  and  gambling  licenses.  In  the  main  street 
we  see  illuminated  signs  that  read:  "  /^/rs/-r/ass  Gam- 
hliufy'  House  !  ' '  Lawless  characters  are  numerous,  and  al- 
though the  peninsula  was  originally  granted  to  the  Portu- 
guese as  a  thank-offering  for  their  assistance  in  suppressing  a 
band  of  medieval  pirates,  to-da\-  daring  outrages  are  perpe- 
ted    bv  the        ^^^*S!S^S^^^^B^^^        modern     black 


IN  «^U1ET 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


171 


A    CANTON    RIVKR     CAPTAIN 


rovers  and  pirates 
on  the  neighboring 
streams  and  sea, 
and  even  in  the 
very  town  itseU'. 
In  the  summer  of 
1898  a  pirate  band 
landed  by  night, 
sHpped  past  the 
sleepy  guards,  en- 
tered the  house  of 
a  rich  native  mer- 
chant,  captured 
the  two  wives  and 
ten  children  of  the 
absent  milHonaire, 
put  tiieni  in  sacks, 
shouldered  their  living  booty,  and  regained  their  boats.  The 
authorities  prepared  to  demand  reparation  from  the  viceroy 
of  the  Province,  but  the  merchant  begged  to  be  allowed  to 
pay  the  ransom,  20,000  taels,  to  save  his  family  from  mas- 
sacre. He  promised  ultimately  to  betray  the  pirates  ;  but 
when  later  he  was  urged  to  reveal  the  place  to  which  the 
ransom  had  been  sent,  he  declined  to  speak,  fearing  the  ven- 
geance of  the  band.  Finally  wearied  by  the  inquisitions  of 
the  police,  ho  moved  to  Canton  with  all  his  goods,  and  to 
guarantee  himself  against  future  losses  of  kindred  or  of 
money  the  wily  merchant  entered  into  an  association  with  the 
pirate  company  to  act  for  them  as  financier  and  capitalist. 

The  large  river-steamtr,  on  which  we  tra\el  from  Macao 
to  Canton  is  not  unlike  in  appearance  a  Hudson  Kiver  boat. 
But  there  the  resemblance  ceases.  There  are  but  seven 
European  passengers  ;  seven  hundred  chattering  Chinese  are 
locked   below  ;    yes,   locked  in   huge   compartments  between 


172 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


\    SI  l.AMhl-:    AI     CAMUN 


decks,  some  far  down  in  the 
hold  ;  we  peer  down  at  them 
through  grated  hatchways,  as 
if  they  were  wild  animals  in 
a  deep  pit.  "  Are  they  all  pris- 
oners ?  "  we  ask  the  captain. 
"Yes,  "  he  replies,  glancing  at 
the  gun  marked  ' '  loaded  ' '  near 
at  hand.  "Yes,  in  a  way 
they  're  prisoners  until  we  reach 
Canton.  If  they  were  not,  zuc 
might  soon  be.  Many  times  a 
steamer  has  been  stolen  bodily 
by  its  own  steerage  passengers, 
among  whom  were  pirates  in 
disguise,  run  up  some  quiet 
river  and  there  looted  or  de- 
stroyed. We  are  only  four 
white  men  in  charge  ;  we  must 
take  no  chances.  " 

There  is  not  space  for  a 
description  of  the  eight-hour 
voyage.  The  trip  is  enjoyable 
and  above  all  restful ;  there  is 
nothing  to  do  but  to  sit  in  a 
long  chair  and  watch  the  is- 
lands, the  green  shores,  and 
the  lazy  junks  drift  by,  until 
we  find  ourselves  in  the  rapid 
reach  of  the  Pearl  River,  which 
flows  between  the  two  vast  ag- 
gregations of  architectural  drift- 
wood that  compose  the  chief 
city    of    this    prolific    province 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


1/5 


of  Kwangtung.  Nothing  that  we  have  seen  in  foreign 
ports  has  prepared  us  for  this  arrival  in  Canton.  At  first 
glance  the  city  repels,  and  at  the  same  time  fascinates  the 
traveler.  Our  approach  is  the  signal  for  squadrons  of  sam- 
pans to  form  in  line  of  battle.  Each  craft  is  crowded  with 
half-naked  natives  gesticulating  wildly  in  their  efforts  to  at- 
tract the  attention  of  the  Chinese  passengers  whom  they  are 
eager  to  serve  either  as  porters  or  as  boatmen.  As  the  big 
steamer  nears  the  pier,  while  she  has  still  considerable  head- 
way, the  line  of  overloaded  sampans,  impelled  by  frantic 
scullers,  strikes  the  starboard  side,  and  at  the  moment  of  the 
shock  the  clamorous  horde  scrambles  aboard  and  is  lost  in 
the  confusion  of  the  steerage  decks. 

Ofttimes  these  reckless  sampan  people  meet  with  disaster  ; 
their  boats  are  frequently  crushed  or  overturned  by  the  advanc- 
ing steamer,  and 
the  crews  man- 
gled by  the  pro- 
pellers or  paddles. 

But  these  lit- 
tle mishaps  cre- 
ate scarce  a  ripple 
of  dismay,  and  no 
regret  whatever 

—  there  are  too 
many  sampans  in 
the  Canton  River 
and  many  more 
poverty  -  stricken 
boat-folk  depend- 
ent on  this  traffic 

—  a  sampan  less 
means  a  score  less 
of  competitors. 


:^l'M.    JR..    CONDrCTS    fS   T<1    TMK    SH\MHl-;N 


176 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


A  guide  is  absolutely  indispensable  in  the  labyrinthine 
city  of  Canton.  Knowing  this,  we  had  telegraphed  from 
Hongkong  to  engage  a  member  of  the  Ah  Cum  family,  who 
for  two  generations  have  been  famous  as  guides. 


THE   SHAMEBN  WATER-FRONT 


The  answer  duly   came,  assuring  us  that   the   eldest   son 
would  meet  us  at  the  wharf.     The  telegram  read  like  a  cor- 
dial   invitation,   for    it    closed  with    the  words  "Ah  Cum!  " 
We  came  and,  on 
arrival,   Mr.  Ah 
Cum,    Jr.,     took 
possession    of    us. 
In  his  book  of  tes- 
timonials we   find 
the  names  of  Car- 
ter Harrison,  Chi- 
cago, and  John  L. 
Stoddard,  Boston. 

Ah  Cum,    Jr., 
conducts  us  first  to 


M    ,.^^^-p,^^ll.lj| 


CANTON  CONSITLATES 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


1/7 


the  Shameen,  the  concession 
occupied  by  the  foreign  com- 
munity. The  Shameen  is  an 
artificial  island,  created  by  till- 
ing in  a  mud-flat  in  the  river. 
It  is  about  a  half  a  mile  in 
length,  one  thousand  feet  in 
breadth,  and  is  separated  from 
the  native  town  behind  by  a 
canal.  On  our  right  are  gar- 
dens, tennis  courts,  and  con- 
sulates, but  we  cannot  forget 
that  this  is  China  still,  for  on 
the  left  we  see  the  curious  junks 
plying  on  the  yellow  Ching- 
kiang.  The  strangeness  of  the 
river  craft  reaches  a  clima.x  in 
the  Chinese  stern-wheel  pro- 
pellers, long  junks  with  broad 
paddle  wheels  at  the  stern. 
We  have  seen  similar  contriv- 
ances on  the  shallow  rivers  of 
America  ;  but  in  China  the  mo- 
tive power  is  not  steam,  but 
human  muscle,  for  on  each 
boat  is  a  gang  of  coolies  like 
galley-workers,  slaving  on  a 
treadmill.  Long  river-voyages 
are  made  by  these  man-pro- 
pelled "steamers."  These 
fantastic  boats,  passing  along 
the  Shameen  quai,  tell  the 
dwellers  in  this  alien  precinct 
that  China  is  still  China  ;  that 

12 


THE   HONGKONG   KUl.i.Mli.M  —  BA^DNKT 
EXERCISE 


I/S 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


At 
dinner 


while  man  s  labor 
can  be  hired  for 
a  handful  of  rice 
dailv,  there  is  no 
need  for  inven- 
tions of  the  west. 
An  Englishman 
observed  ;  "  Our 
problem  is  how 
one  man  can  do 
the  work  of  many. 
China  s  problem 
is  how  to  subdi- 
vide a  given  piece 
of  work  that  it 
may  furnish  sub- 
sistence to  the 
largest  number  of 
persons. 

the  Victoria  Hotel  we  find  a  decent  room  and  a  passable 
—  we  "pass  "  most  of  the  courses,  especially  the  meats. 


THE   VICTORIA    HOTEL 


A    HKll  ISH    HoNH-.    IS    CANTON 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


179 


WITH   HUB  SMITH   AT  CANTON 


At  the  United  States  Consulate  delightful   hours  are  spent 
in   the  cheery  company   of  our  entertaining  consul,  who   tells 


i8o 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


I  HI-:     C'->NSIL\R     CHAIR 


with  picturesque  directness 
amusing  stories  of  his  life  and 
tribulations  in  Canton.  He 
gives  to  everything  he  says  an 
illuminating  touch,  for  he  is  a 
rare  kind  of  consul  —  an  able, 
honest,  clever  man,  whom  we 
all  have  come  to  love,  for  he 
is  none  other  than  Hub  Smith, 
who  wrote  the  dainty  music 
for  Gene  Field's  dainty  lyric, 
"The  Little  Peach  of  Emerald 
Hue,  "  that  grew  in  the  orchard 
of  "Johnnie  Jones  and  his 
sister  Sue.  "  No  wonder  that 
we  listen  gladly  to  his  Oriental 
"tales  of  woe.  "  He  kindly 
arranges  for  us  to  make  a 
motion  picture  of  a  departure 
of  the  Representative  of  the 
United  States,  in  his  official 
Pea-Green  Sedan  Chair,  for  a 
visit  of  state  to  the  Imperial 
Viceroy.  After  three  tremen- 
dously amusing  rehearsals  the 
scene  was  played  successfully, 
although  it  came  near  being 
ruined  by  a  lot  of  balky  super- 
numeraries, the  superstitious 
coolies,  finally  induced  by  ex- 
hortation and  handsome  bribes 
to  pass  before   the    camera. 

The  day  has    now    arrived 
for  us  to  make  our  first  venture 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


i8i 


into  the  native  town.  Four  chairs  await  us  near  the  door  of 
the  Hotel  Victoria,  where  we  have  lodged  in  tolerable  com- 
fort and  dined  only  when  we  could  not  get  an  invitation  to 
dine  out  with  some   kindly  resident. 

Canton  has  the  fascination  of  mystery  ;  it  gives  that  thrill 
of  pleasure  for  which  the  traveler  travels.  At  first  the  diffi- 
culties of  photography  in  such  a  place  appear  insurmountable, 
but  pictures  or  no  pictures,  to  scr  this  city  of  Canton  is 
enough  —  it  is  a  new  experience,  another  Red-Letter  Page  in 
life's  diary!  The  sights  of  Canton,  the  temples,  guilds,  and 
yamens  are  hid  in  the  appalling  native  city,  the  edge  of  which 
we  see  upon  the  opposite  shore  of  the  canal.  All  day  a  babel 
of  voices  is  wafted  on  the  heat  waves  from  the  crowded  bank 
over  the  roofs  of  boats  which  never  leave  their  moorings,  for 
they    are    meant  for  habitation,    not  for  transportation.      At 


l82 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


EDGE  OF  THE    NATIVE   CITY 


nifjht  we  are  startled  by  the  banging  of  cannon,  the  din  of 
drums,  and  the  awful  lamentations  of  the  long  trumpets  of 
the  military  guard.  These  sounds  announce  the  closing  of 
the  city  gates.  \\'e  never  become  quite  accustomed  to  them  ; 
they  evoke  always  a  shivering  consciousness  of  the  awful  gulf 
between  the  European  present  and  the  past  where  China 
lives,  a  gulf  so  deep  that  we  grow  dizzy  as  we  try  to  measure 
it,  and  so  narrow  that  we  toss  a  stone  across  it  ;  for  it  is  no 
wider  than  the  canal  that  i\o\vs  between  the  Shameen  and  the 
Chinese  city.  The  gulf  is  spaimed  by  a  bridge  ;  a  stout  iron 
grill  at  the  Chinese  end  is  opened  at  the  approach  of  our  four 
sedan-chairs,  and  closed  behind  us  with  a  clank  as  we  plunge 
into  the  Canton  of  the  Cantonese.  ^ 

The  natural  aspect  of  a  Canton  street  has  not  yet  been 
suggested  by  photographic  means.  The  atmosphere  escapes 
the  camera  ;  the  people,  too,  escape,  to  right  and  left,  into 
the  shops  and  alleys.  The  corridor  first  entered,  which  is 
the  street  of  the  shoemakers,  was  densely  packed  with  a 
movini;  throng  before  we  halted  to  set  up  a  tripod.     Unfortu- 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


1S3 


nately  the  darkness  of  the  streets  precludes  the  possibility  of 
snap-shot  work,  and  the  picture  resulting  from  a  time  ex- 
posure shows  an  almost  empty  thoroughfare,  with  here  and 
there  the  blurred  face  of  some  more  daring  individual.  There 
is  onl}'  one  Chinaman  in  Canton  who  will  pose  willingly  for 
the  photographer.  But  he,  alas,  is  but  the  Oriental  proto- 
type of  the  cigar-store  Indian  !  The  difficulty  in  ordinary 
picture-making  being  great,  it  seems  like  folly  to  attempt  to 
use  the  chronomatograph.  Yet  a  desire  to  show  one  of 
these  canals  of  commerce  in  full  flood,  induces  us  to  make 
an  effort  to  secure  a  motion  picture.  The  first  three  trials 
resulted    in   perilous   blockades.      The  human  river,  dammed 


rilK    CAN  I  ON   OE-'    TIIK    CANKJNKSK 


184 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


by  the  crowd  that  invariably  assembled  behind  the  instru- 
ment, ceased  to  How.  Circulation  for  a  moment  interrupted, 
clots  of  humanity  were  formed  in  every  lane  and  side  street, 
and  soon  the  movement  of  the  entire  quarter  came  to  a 
nervous  standstill.  We  always  found  ourselves  the  center  of 
a  curious  mob.  Fearing  to  prolong  the  excitement,  we 
hastily  entered  our  chairs  and  worked  our  way  into  other 
channels,  there  to  renew  our  efforts.  Fortunately,  we  find 
another  animated  street  w^here  for  a  few  yards  sunshine  is 
dripping  from  the  eaves;  there   l'\-    quirk    work   we   get   the 

film  in  motion 
before  the  busy 
throngs  have  no- 
ticed us,  then  by 
shouting  menaces 
in  English  at  the 
few  who  manifest 
an  inclination  to 
linger  and  look 
on,  we  delay  for 
a  few  seconds  the 
formation  of  the 
jam.  Imagine 
miles  and  miles  of 
dimly  lighted  in- 
tersecting corri- 
dors, through 
which  an  endless 
procession  of 
hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  toiling 
creatures  is  pass- 
ing thus  all  day, 
THE  ONLY  posti  K  IN  CANTON  aud  day  after  day. 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


185 


4J 

m 

1 

^§L 

i'<i 

1 

r 

1 

ta^jfl 

1       , 

■'-  ..  , 

■    '    1 

r- 

CLOTS  OF    HUMANITY 


and  you  may  gain  a  faint  conception  of  street-life  in  China 's 
busiest,  biggest  beehive.  Nine  men  in  every  ten  are  bearing 
burdens,  huge  bales  of  goods  slung  from  a  shoulder  pole, 
bricks  balanced  on  scale-like  contrivances,  or  baskets  filled 
with  everything  from  living  pigs  to  fish  that  have  been  too  long 
out  of  the  water.  Every  bare  shoulder  has  its  callous  scar, 
where  the  hard  smooth  bamboo  has  left  its  mark.  The  man 
most  heavily  weighted  has  the  right  of  way.  Thus  we,  because 
we  ride  in  chairs,  advance  much  faster  than  the  crowd  ;  the 
empty-handed,  or  rather  the  free-shouldered,  passer-by  must 
step  aside  for  every  toiling  coolie  ;  the  coolie  with  his  twin 
dangling  burdens  must  shrink  aside  to  let  us  pass,  and  we 
in  turn  are  switched  into  an  alley-way,  with  unflattering 
haste,  to  clear  the  main  street  for  the  passing  of  a  mandarin, 
a  pompous,  spectacled  official  shut  in  a  heavy,  curtained, 
coffin-like  conveyance,  borne  by  four  miserable  coolies,  who 


1 86 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


MANDARINS 


chant  a  groaning  warning  as 
they  come  swiftU'  along  at  a 
springy,   short-stepped  trot. 

Never  have  our  ex'es  been 
busier  than  in  tliese  streets. 
And  so  swiftly  moves  the  pano- 
rama that  we  should  carry  off 
only  a  confused  impression  of 
multi-colored  signs  and  breath- 
less cries,  and  indistinguishable 
miles  of  merchandise,  were 
it  not  for  the  fact  that  every 
detail  of  these  kaleidoscopic 
corridors  is  repeated  many 
scores  of  times.  In  every  street 
we  have  on  both  sides  a  suc- 
cession of  shops,  each  differing 
so  little  from  the  next  that  all 
become  one  shop  and  give  us 
a  distinct  composite  picture  of 
that  special  sort  of  shop,  be 
it  stocked  with  shoes,  ivory 
car\ings,  jade  bracelets,  dry- 
;;oods,  or  multi-colored  gar- 
ments. A  glance  into  the 
street  of  tailors  convinces  us 
that  clothes  are  made  for  ex- 
hibition only,  for  coats  hang 
ever\\vhere  e.xcept  upon  the 
backs  of  citizens.  And  though 
the  streets  are  very  noisy,  yet 
to  us  they  are  doubly  dumb. 
We  cannot  comprehend  the 
meaning  of  a  single  sound,  and 


THE  EDGE  OF  CHINA 


187 


^^^  the  signs,  however  vivid 
their  appeal  to  our  sense 
of  color,  tell  us  absolutely 
nothing.  Thus  we  are 
both  deaf  and  blind  to  a 
wealth  of  curious  impres- 
sions. For  instance  all 
the  shops  show  bombas- 
tic titles  on  their  brilliant 
boards.  One  will  read 
"Ten  Thousand  Times 
Successful,"  another 
"Heavenly  Happiness," 
or    "By    Heaven    Made 


SHOE-SHOPS 


Prosperous, '  and 
one  reads  simply, 
"Honest  Gains.  " 
And  as  we  are 
looking  down  on 
the  roofs  of  these 
establishments 
and    are    striving 
to  trace  the  line 
of    the    crooked 
snake-like  thor- 
oughfare    wrig- 
gling away  toward 
one    of    the    city 
gates,  let  me  re- 
cite a  list  of  the 


STREET   OK   THE    SHOEMAKERS 


i88 


THE  EDGE  OF  CHINA 


curious  titles  of  the  streets  through  which  we  have  been  carried. 
Surely  a  few  misnomers  have  crept  in,  for  we  found  in  "  Peace 
Street  "  a  terrific  turmoil  ;  in  the  "Street  of  Benevolence  and 
Love  "  we  heard  a  man  reviling  ;  "The  Street  of  Refreshing 
Breezes"  was  intenselv  close;    "The    Street  of    Nine-Fold 


STOCKINGS   STREET 


Brightness,"  very  dark.  Two  streets  were  appropriately 
named,  "The  Street  of  the  Thousand  Grandsons,"  and 
' '  The  Street  of  Ten  Thousand  Grandsons, ' ' —  for  they  were  all 
there,  with  their  grandfathers  and  their  fathers,  too,  apparently 
ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand  of  those  prolific  Cantonese. 
And  while  in  those  streets,  which  by  law  must  be  seven 
feet   in   width,    we   marvel  at  their   comparative    cleanliness 


H 
X 
K 


X 
M 

H 
> 

r 
O 

0) 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


191 


and  decency ;  paved  with  stone  slabs,  with  no  apparent 
drainage  scheme,  and  lined  throughout  the  city's  whole 
extent  with  serried  shops  and  shanties  they  yet  remain  com- 
paratively free  from  visible  tilth.  Near  the  markets  there  are 
disagreeable  odors,  but  do  not  our  own  cities  at  times  ofTend 
the  nostrils  ?  Decidedly  we  are  disappointed  in  the  Canton 
smells.      When    we    take    into    account    our    pretensions    to 


HOl'SETOPS    AND    SlRKKl"    AWNINGS 


superior  sanitary  methods  and  to  scientific  knowledge,  and 
the  frankly  e.xpressed  indifference  to  all  such  things  of  the 
Chinese,  no  fair-minded  observer  can  deny  that  the  condition 
of  Canton  is  far  less  shameful  than  that  of  many  of  our  mod- 
ern towns.  China  is  still  living  in  the  Middle  Ages.  Could 
we  go  back  to  the  Paris  and  London  of  the  earlier  centuries, 
should   we  not   find  that  filth  and  odors  were  the  portion  of 


192 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


Queen  Elizabeth  and  Louis  the  Magnificent,  when  they  rode 
in  state  through  the  streets  of  the  cities  to  which  we  now 
compare  Canton  ?  Moreover,  in  these  Cantonese  alleys,  much 
reviled  of  travelers,  we  find  large  shops,  that  in  the  richness 
of  their  fittings  and  the  immaculateness  of  their  floors  and 
walls  and  counters  would  put  to  shame  many  a  dingy  mctira- 
s///  in  the  Paris  of  to-day.      Carved  ebony  and  teak-wood, — 


CANTON 


gilded,  sculptured  screens,  —  lanterns  with  beautiful  designs, 
painted  on  delicate  rice-paper  or  on  silk, —  these  things 
abound  in  hundreds  of  these  shops  ;  and  everywhere,  in  the 
humble  niche  of  the  petty  dealer  and  in  the  high-ceiled  hall 
of  the  complacent  silk  or  ivory  merchant,  there  hang  two 
incongruous,  ugly,  useful  articles  imported  from  our  land  —  a 
Yankee  kerosene-lamp  and  a  New  England  time-piece,  ticking 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


193 


out  the  lon^  hours  of  the  Orient  with  the  same  tick  that 
measures  the  ileeting  seconds  of  the  West.  A  Chinese  clock 
differs  in  many  important  details  from  the  imported  article. 
A  famous  specimen  of  native  manufacture  is  found  in  the 
upper  chamber  of  a  dingy   tower.      It   dates   from    the    year 


K    HMI'OKU'M 


I  500.  It  has  no  springs,  no  wheels,  no  hands.  It  consists 
of  four  copjjer  vases.  Water  trickling  from  one  to  another 
graduall\  tills  the  lowest  receptacle,  and  lifts  the  slender 
gauge,  resembling  a  light  two-foot  rule.  The  Chinese  day 
has  twelve  periods  of  two  hours  each,  divided  into  eight 
shorter  periods  of  fifteen  minutes  each  ;  the  shortest  unit  of 
time  in  China  is  a  cjuarter  of  an  hour.      This  gives  an  idea   of 


194 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


the  comparative  value  of  time  in  the  Celestial  Empire  —  a 
Chinese  second  is,  so  to  speak,  a  ijiiarter  of  an  hour  long. 
There  are  many  shops  which  the  traveler  cannot  enter 
without  danger,  that  is,  unless  he  be  strong  to  resist  the  irre- 
sistible temptations  offered  by  the  fabrics  and  the  curios 
therein  displayed.  The  danger  lies  in  the  cheapness  of  the 
gorgeous  fabrics  or  (juaint  conceits,  in  the  feigned  indifference 
of  the  merchant,  and  in  the  thought  that  never  again  will 
there  be  an  opportunity  to  buy  so  many  beautiful  and  curious 
things  for  so  insignihcant  a  sum  of  money.  Embroideries, 
brocades,  and  gorgeous  garments  are  spreatl  before  us  until 
the  color  senses  ache  ;  and  soon  our  resolutions  iiot  to  bu\-  lie 
shattered  on  the  floor  beneath  a  heap  of  useless  loveK'  things 
that  we  have  bought.  Then,  on  the  verge  of  bankruptcy,  we 
turn  from  shops  where  goods  are  sold  for  cash  to  shops  where 


NANKKH    LAMP   AND   CLOCKS 


THE  EDGE  OF  CHINA 


195 


cash  is  the  commodity 
on  sale,  and  goods  of 
every  sort  the  purchas- 
ing meiiium.  Literally 
speaking,  pawnshops 
are  the  most  prominent 
business  enterprises  in 
Canton.  From  the  roof 
of  one  pawnshop,  an 
Oriental  skyscraper,  a 
hundred  others  are  seen 
in  \arious  directions, 
and  we  should  tind  on 
the  parapet  of  each  an 
array  of  paving  stones, 
conveniently    arranged  the  water  clock 

to  be  dropped    upon  the   heads  of    rioters  or  thieves  should 
a  mob  gather  in  times  of  turmoil  and  pillage. 

Among  the  surprises  in  store  for  strangers  in  Canton  is 
the  Provincial  Mint,  one  of  the  best  equipped  and  largest 
money-factories  not  only  in  the  East,  but  in  the  world.  Of 
course  the  machinery,  of  European  make,  is  under  the  direc- 
tion of  an  English  manager  and  expert.  Two  million  coins 
per  day  have  been  struck.  The  currency  of  China  is  still  in 
a  chaotic  state.  The  modern  mints  in  various  provinces  each 
turn  out  a  dollar  differing  in  weight  and  fineness  from  the 
dollars  of  its  rivals  ;  there  are  silver  dollars  of  ten  different 
values  now  in  circulation.  Although  no  gold  is  coined,  the 
mints  are  not  open  to  the  free  coinage  of  silver  ;  the  amount 
to  be  issued  is  determined  by  the  authorities  in  charge  of  the 
finances  of  the  province.  The  "  tael,  which  is  the  standard 
of  value,  is  not  a  coin,  it  is  a  given  weight  of  silver  used  in  com- 
mercial reckonings.  The  taels  also  vary  in  value  ;  there  are 
the  long  taels  of  the  Custom   Department,  w(Kth  sevent_\'-two 


196 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


TEMPTATIONS 


cents  in  gold  and  the  short 
taels  of  Shanghai  worth 
only  sixty-five  cents.  But 
\\\i\\  the  poor,  and  this 
means  almost  the  entire 
population,  the  familiar 
unit  is  the  copper  cash, 
a  crude  perforated  disk, 
worth  about  one  twentieth 
of  a  cent.  A  gold  dollar 's 
worth  of  Chinese  cash 
would  weigh  no  less  than 
eighteen  pounds,  and  be 
composed  of  from  two  to 
four  thousand  coins,  ac- 
cording to  the  kind  of 
cash,  for  even  the  cash 
lacks  uniformity  of  value.  The  climax  of  absurdity  is  reached 
when  we  are  told  that  a  string  of  looo  cash  is  sometimes 
composed  of  700  pieces,  and  sometimes  of  i  lOO,  according 
to   the   regulations   that    prevail    in   different    localities  ! 

Leaving  the  Mint,  we  make  our  way  to  Canton's  most 
conspicuous  edifice,  the  French  Cathedral.  It  stands  upon 
the  site  of  the  former  Yamen,  or  official  residence  of  the 
famous  Viceroy  Yeh,  who  inspired  and  organized  Canton's 
resistance  to  the  French  and  English  during  the  war  of  1857. 
He  was  the  viceroy  who  even  in  defeat  remained  true  to  his 
boast  that  he  would  never  meet  a  European  face  to  face,  for 
he  was  found  by  British  blue-jackets  in  the  act  of  crawling 
ignominiously  over  the  back  wall  of  a  secluded  garden.  For 
four  years  the  French  and  English  allies  occupied  the  city, — 
from  i857to  1861, —  and  this  cathedral,  built  a  few  years  later 
by  the  French,  must  be  to  every  thinking  citizen  a  hate- 
ful reminder   of    his    city's  foolish  obstinacy,   reckless  folly, 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


197 


inglorious  capture,  and  ignominious  occupation.  The  spires 
dominate  the  flat  expanse  of  the  ramshackle  metropolis  and  are 
seen  from  the  steamer  s  deck  long  before  the  city  comes  in  view. 
Along  the  Canton  river-front  usual  conditions  are  re- 
versed ;  the  river  does  not  inundate  the  city  —  instead,  the  city 
overflows  its  banks  and  pours  a  flood  of  dwellings  into  the 
yellow  stream.  In  amazement  we  ask,  "Is  Canton  on  land 
or  on  water.'  "  It  is  on  land  loid  water;  about  2,000,000 
people  li\e  on  land,  about  200,000  people  on  the  water.  And 
the  land-dwellers  look  with  contempt  upon  the  floating  popu- 
lation.     But  the  river-folk  are  happy  in  their  independence  of 


landlords  and  land-taxes.  This  aquatic  connnunitw  equal  to 
the  population  of  New  Orleans,  rarely  sets  foot  upon  the  land, 
but  circulates  upon  streets  and  alleyways  of  planks  and  gang- 
ways leading  into  this  maze  of  floating  homes,  moored  in  the 
stagnant  canals  and  in  the  rapid-flowing  river. 

The   double-decked   and  gaily  decorated  barges  anchoreii 
in  close  arrav  are  among  the  most  curious  institLitions  of  this 


198 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


fluvial  quarter.     While  ail  th 
of   Canton   sleeps,    this  sub 
on  the  tide  is  wide-awake  an 
the    "Flower    Boats        or 
restaurants  are   brilliantly 
illuminated.       One  night 
we    \-isited    the    quarter 
with  two  guides,  a  cam- 
era, and  a  flashliglit   jjis- 
tol.     We  peered  into  boat 
after    boat,   for    everything 
is  open    to    the    public    gaze 
\\"e  saw  rich   men   entertai 
friends  at  costly  dinners,  prov 
for  their  guests  elaborate  puppet 
shows,    or  regaling  them  with  the  ear- 


Hl      .MANAGER    OF    THE    MINT 

rcing  vocalizations 
of  the  Chinese 
"singsong"  girls. 
Under  cover  of  a 
dark  outer  deck 
or  balcony  of  one 
( 'f  the  elaborate 
Mower  Boats,  we 
jilanted  a  camera, 
discharged  a 
flashlight,  and  as 
the  thick  cloud  of 
smoke  s\\irled  in 
t'.  choke  the  mer- 
r  \-  -  m  a  k  e  r  s  ,  we 
fled  along  the  slip- 
pery planks  anil 
uangwaysinto  the 
obscurity    of    the 


A   FEAST    IN    A    ■■l-HnVl;R    HOAT 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


201 


rainy,  pitch-dark  night.  A  perfect!}'  natural,  unposed  picture 
was  the  reward  of  our  teinerit}",  the  sitters  all  unconscious  of 
our  presence.  They  saw  a  great  light  —  swallowed  a  lot  of 
smoke  —  and  wondered  what  had  happened.  A  Chinese  dinner 
party  is  a  very  long,  elaborate  affair  ;  hours  are  consumed  in 
dallying  with  sweetmeats  at  a  preliminary  table  before  the 
guests  adjourn  to  the  larger  festal  board  spread  with  the 
essentials  of  the  meal,  the  bird  s-nest  soup,  shark's  fins,  and 
other  luxuries.  The  bird's  nests  eaten  by  the  rich  Chinese 
are  not,  as  we  imagine,  composed  of 
grass  and  twigs  and  leaves,  like  the 
bird's  nests  that 
we  know.  They 
are  whitish 


202 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


masses  of  gelatinous  substance,  partly  secreted  and  partly 
accumulated  bv  the  sea  birds  which  inhabit  the  caves  of 
Borneo  and  of  the  Philipinnes.  Shark's  fins  ouj^ht  not  to 
shock  people  who  eat  lobster,  crabs,  and  oysters,  while  as  for 
other  articles  of  Chinese  diet  in  the  feline,  canine,  and  asinine 
line,  some  one  has  put  it  very  euphemistically  by  saying  : 
"In  regard  to  the  first  recjuirement  of  the  body,  food,  they 
[the  Chinese]  are  singularly  free  from  prejudices  which  inter- 
fere with  the  utilization  of  any  harmless  nutritive  substance.  " 
Among  the  lesser  vices  of  these  yellow  folk  is  a  curious 
habit,  most  common  among  the  Filipinos  and  other  Malay 
races  —  the  chewing  of  the  betel-nut.  An  illustration  shows 
the  outfit  of   a   purveyor   of   this    luxury.      The    nuts    of    the 


IN    THfc;   GARDEN    UF    THE    MINT 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


203 


areca  palm  have  been  neatly  sliced,  revealing  the  whitish 
meat  ;  to  right  and  left  are  pots  of  lime  stained  pink  with  a 
powder  called  suggestively  "sing  chew,  "  with  which  to 
smear  the  nut  to  give  the  proper  savor.  The  green  leaves  of 
the  betel  plant  serve  as  wrappers  for  the  masticatory  morsel. 
One  tenth  of  the  human  race  is  addicted  to  this  haljit  of 
chewing  the  betel.  It  stains  the  lips  a  brilliant  red  and  in 
time  blackens  every  tooth.  Yet  its  effects  are  declared  to  be 
identical  with  those  attributed  to  pepsin  gum  :  it  sweetens  the 
breath,  strengthens  the  gums,  and  improves  digestion.      The 


1  MJ-.    l-"ki:N(   II    ,    \  I  lU'  Ilk  \ 


204 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


s'TON   RIVKR    FRONT 


I'liulu^iaph  by  John  Wright,  Rochester. 

foreigner,  however,  feels  called  upon  to  condemn  the  habit, 
and  in  his  effort  to  reform  the  Orient,  he  introduces  as  a 
tempting  substitute  for  the  areca  nut,  a  supply  of  deadly 
cigarettes,  benevolently  placed  within  the  reach  of  the 
well-to-do    at    three    cents    per    box    of    twenty. 

The  fact  that  western  civilization  is  making  way  in   China 
is  convincingly  illustrated  in  a  neighboring  street.      A  native 
dental  practitioner,  educateil  by  a 
German    dentist,    has,    with 
unconscious  irony,  estab- 
lished his  booth  of  sci- 
entific   torture    in    the 
"Street   of    Heavenly 
Peace. ' '      Comparative 
insensibility  to  pain  is  one 


EDIBLE    BIRD'S   NESTS 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


205 


rked  characteristics 
Chinese  race.      To 
hey  seem  to  be  a 
erveless  people  ; 
but    if    they   have 
dormant    nerves, 
the    instruments 
of  modern  den- 
tal surgery  will 
soon    awaken 
them.      While 
upon  painful  sub- 
jects let  us  have 
done    with    a    very 
isagreeable  and  yet 
ver  omitted  feature 
uide's  itinerar\'. — 


RETEL-NUTS 


the  visit  to  the  place 
of  e.xecution.  This 
gloomy  alleyway,  in 
which  the  potters  of 
the  quarter  set  out 
their  jars  and  bowls 
to  dry,  boasts  of  more 
of  the  slain  than  a 
great  many  battle- 
fields— ^the  Chinese 
headsmen  boast  more 
victims  than  do  the 
executioners  of  the 
French  Revolu- 
tion.       I    shall 


CHINESK   CUISINE 


2o6 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


A    CANTON    DKNTIST 

sufferings  of  otJTer  living  beings 
lives  and  the  lives  of  others  so 
give  lifelong  consid- 
eration to  the  com- 
fort and  convenience 
of  the  dead,  and  wor- 
ship so  assiduously  at 
the  shrines  of  their 
departed  ancestors. 
"  More  trouble  than  a 
funeral  "  is  a  common 
saying  in  this  land,  \\ju,,kl!ki 
where  funerals  some-  f" 
times  result  in  bank- 
ruptcv  for  the  survi\- 
ing    members    of    the 


not  describe  the 
crude,  cruel,  and 
merciless  proceed- 
ings that  attend 
the  decapitations 
(it  the  impassive 
native  criminals, 
nor  shall  I  speak 
of  the  more  horrid 
spectacles  that  are 
suggested  by  the 
two  crosses  that 
lean  against  the 
neighboring  wall. 
It  is  indeed  strange 
that  a  people  who 
pay  no  heed  to 
their  own  or  the 
,  and  w  ho  sacrifice  their  own 
cahnly  and  unfeelingly  should 


IW.i    (  kiisS1-S    AMI    A    SKILL 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


207 


family.  The  death  of  a  parent  entails  a  never-ending  sequence 
of  complicated  costly  ceremonials.  An  altar  to  the  dead  must 
be  erected  in  his  dwelling,  and  there  remain  one  hundred 
days  ;  before  it,  relatives  must  bow  and  weep  twice  daily.  It 
is  not  until  the  seventh  day  after  death  that  the  deceased 
becomes  aware  of  the  fact  that  he  is  dead.  The  eyes  of  the 
dead  are  covered  with  gilt  money-paper  to  prevent  the 
departed  from  counting  the  tiles  in  the  roof,  for  if  he  should 
do  so  the  family  could  never  build  a  more  spacious  dwelling. 
The  coffin-maker  when  he  sells  one  of  his  heavy  wooden 
caskets  must  give  the  purchaser  a  present  of  a  box  of  bon- 
bons,—  that  the  transaction  may  not  be  altogether  sad.  The 
man  who  buys  the 
coffin  must  guide 
the  bearers  to  the 
house  of  mourn- 
ing ;  for  should 
the  bearers,  not 
knowing  the  e.\- 
act  locality,  ask 
the  way,  terrible 
misfortune  would 
befall  the  inno- 
cent people  whom 
they  question. 
Upon  the  death 
of  an  old  man  it 
is  not  always  nee-  '^ 
essary  to  patron- 
ize the  mortuary 
carpenter;  the 
need  of  a  coffin 
has  been  long  an- 
ticipated.    It  is  a 


THK    l'IVK-Sri)K-IKr>    PAi; 


2o8 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


COMr-ORTABI.E    CONVKVA 

custom  for  thoughtful  children  and  grandchildren  when 
the  chief  ancestor  reaches  the  age  of  sixty-one,  to  club 
together  and  purchase  for  the  dear  old  gentleman  the  cost- 
liest coffin  that  their  means  afford.  The  giving  of  this  grew- 
some  birthday  present  is  regarded  as  a  beautiful  expression  of 
filial  piety  and  love.  Failing,  however,  to  receive  this  most 
welcome  present,  a 
wealthy  Chinese  will 
order  at  his  own  ex- 
pense an  elaborate 
coffin  against  the  day 
of  need.  The  Grand 
0]<1  Man  of  China, 
Li  Hung  Chang,  car- 
ried a  coffin  near-ly 
half  wav  round  the 
world  ;  but  at  Mar- 
seilles,  apparently 
convinced  that  he 
would  li\'e  to  reach 
his  native  land,  left  it 
in   the  baggage-room 

CANTON  COFFINS 


l.lll  IS    I  IMI-,   IN   1   lll.NA 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


211 


of  the  hotel.  At  hist 
the  manager  of  the 
hotel,  embarrassed  by 
this  legacy,  sent  it  to 
the  Custom  House  to 
be  put  up  at  auction. 
Hut  there  was  not  a 
single  bidder,  coffins 
being  but  an  after- 
thought in  the  gay 
land  of   F"rance. 

Other  funeral  cus- 
toms excite  our  mirth 
as  well  as  our  sur- 
prise, for  who  can 
learn  without  a  smile 
that  grief-stricken 
sons  always  put  /a)is  into  the  coffins  of  respected  and  pre- 
sumably respectable  parents.'  Moreover,  the  sons  unbraid 
their  cues  to  indicate  confusion,  and   if  they   have  lost  both 

its,  they  bare  the  body  to  the 
Judging  from  the  pre- 
ig  semi-nudity,  half  the 
eople  in  Canton   are  or- 
phans.     The  father's 
land  is  divided  equally 
among  the  sons,    the 
eldest     receiving    an 
a<l(litional   tenth    be- 
cause of  the  extra  ex- 
pense  he   must    incur 
from     worshiping     the 
spirits  of  the  ancestors, 
"he   funeral    itself    is  an 


rMF    PAGdliV    I.\KI)KN 


212 


THE    EDGE  OF  CHINA 


elaborate  affair, 
lasting  for  many 
days.  During 
this  time  relatives 
near  and  remote 
must  be  gener- 
ously bono  r  e  d 
and  fed,  priests 
must  be  paid,  and 
spirit  offerings 
purchased.  All 
the  necessaries  of 
spirit  life  are  sent 
to  the  departed 
by  burning  them 
in  paper  effigy. 
A  CARVED  SHRINK  Silver  aud   gold, 

clothing,  opium  and  tobacco,  pipes,  eyeglasses,  wallets,  boxes, 
horses,  sedan-chairs,  boats  and  servants, —  all  elaborately  fash- 
ioned of  paper,  and  very  costly,  are  fed  to  the  Hames.  Other 
families  seize  the 
opportunity  to 
send  supplies  and 
money  to  their 
kin  in  the  ne.xt 
world.  Other 
supplies  of  an  in- 
ferior quality  are 
burned  to  satisfy 
the  pauper  dead 
and  to  persuade 
them  not  to  inter- 
cept these  ship- 
ments to  the  rich.         ancestral  tablets 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


213 


SACRED    PIGS 


cisms  of  relatives,  who  may  not  be 
of  conducting  the  ceremonies  or 
provided  for  the 
mourners.  More- 
over, as  a  student 
of  Chinese  cus- 
toms has  written: 
"The  occult  in- 
fluence of  the 
resting  -  place  of 
the  dead  upon 
the  weal  of  the 
living  is  believed 
to  be  so  great 
that  no  man  who 
has  prospered 
since  the  death 
of  his  chief  an- 
cestor would  [jer- 
niit  a  cluuif^e  in 
the  conhijuration 


New  clothing  is 
sent  on  the  three 
recurring  a  n  n  i  - 
versaries  of  the 
day  of  decease. 
During  the  funer- 
al ceremonies  all 
the  sons  wear  tall 
caps  of  sackcloth 
and  wads  of  spirit 
money  dangling 
over  the  ears  to 
shut  out  the  criti- 
pleased  with  their  manner 
with   the   quality   of    food 


CILDKD    GODS 


214 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


THK     Hni.>'    I   I\'K    HI'NDRKD 


(.)f  the  laiulscajie  surrounding  the  tomb.  Those  upon  whom 
calamity  comes  always  remove  the  fjraves  to  another  site. 
The  hundreds  of  millions  of  living  Chinese  are  under  the 
galling  subjection  of  thousands  of  millions  of  the  dead.  The 
generation  of  to-day  is  chained  to  the  generations  of  the 
past.'  This  cult  of  the  dead  is  carried  to  extremes  that  are 
to  us  preposterous,  yet  we  are  compelled  to  admit  the  cor- 
rectness of  the  logic  which  prompts 
the  government  to  ennoble  the 
dead  parents  of  men  who 
distinguish  themselves. 
Thus,  titles  are  e.xtended 
backward  to  the  an- 
cestors who  produced 
the  hero,  or  the  gen- 
ius, rather  than  for- 
ward to  his  descend- 
ants who  may  ])rove 
entirely  unworthy  of 
the  honor.       The  only 


A     rkMPLK    I  OIIRT 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


217 


sacred  places  that  appear  to  be  respected  or  kept  in  repair  are 
ancestral  temples.  Even  the  Temple  of  the  Emperor,  con- 
taining the  imperial  tablets,  is  dilapidated,  dirt\',  and  aban- 
doned. It  has  the  air  of  an  old  barn  or  stable  standing  in 
the  middle  of  a  vacant  lot.  Yet  in  this  old  building  is  en- 
shrined a  simulacrum  of  the  famous  Dragon  Throne  of  Peking, 


DAINTV   DECORATIONS 


the  throne  of  the  i)oor  young  Emperor,  whose  nann;,  Kwang 
Shu,  which  means  "the  Glorious  Succession,  "  sounds  to  us 
like  a  mocking  epithet  of  fate.  According  to  the  celestial 
symbolism,  the  dragon  stands  for  majesty  and  power,  au- 
thority ami  dignity  ;  but  entering  this  imperial  shed,  we 
find   two  dragons   conspicuously    lacking  in  these  attributes, 


2l8 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


THF.    EXAMINATION    KNCLUSURK 


fantastic  creatures,  made  of  papier-mache  glaringly  colored, 
stabled    at    the   very   foot   of    the    Dragon   Throne. 

( )n  the  throne  rises  the  Imperial  Tablet,  which  represents 

the  sacred  person 


I  if  the  "Son  of 
Heaven,  "  ruler 
over  one  quarter 
of  the  whole  hu- 
man race  and 
over  one  twelfth 
part  of  this  broad 
earth.  Itbearsin 
,t;i)l(l  letters  the  in- 
scription :  "  May 
the  Emperor 
irign  ten  thou- 
sand years,  ten 
thousand  times 
ten  t  h  ()  u  s  a  n  d 
vears.' ' 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


219 


Another  tablet  condemns  the  Empress  to  an  early  demise, 
for  it  reads  :  "May  the  Empress  live  one  thousand  years, 
one  thousand  times  one  thousand  years. ' '  \\'ith  this  com- 
paratively short  allotment  of  time  can  we  blame  the  Em- 
press for  making  the  most  of  her  earthly  opportunities  ? 

The  temples  are  almost  without  exception  abandoned  to 
decay  and  tilth  ;  and  if  the  Emperor's  shrine  deserves  the 
name  of  stable,  a  certain  Buddhist  Temple  might  well  be 
called  a  pigsty,  did  we  not  fear  to  do  injustice  to  the  very 
sacred  pigs  which  occupy  the  very  neatest,  cleanest  corner 
of  the  institution.  These  happy  porkers,  offerings  to 
Buddha,  are  protected  by  a  sign  which  reads:  "  \'isitors 
will  do  Well  not  to  Annoy  the  Pigs,  for  an  All-Seeing  Eve 
will  take  Cognizance  of  their  Cruelty,  and  on  the  Day  of 
Retribution  most  seriously  Resent  it.  "  In  a  Buddhist  temple 
we  find  the  gilded  idols  that  are  believed  actually  to  see 
and  hear  and  feel.  F"or  instance,  during  the  infreijuent  re- 
pairing of  the  shrine,  red  paper  is  pasted  over  the  eyes  lest 
they  behold  disorder  and  be  troubled.  A  rural  god,  who 
failed  to  listen  to  lonjj  continued 
prayers  for  rain,  was 
out  into  the  parched 
ajid  left  to  blister  in 
sun.  Again,  legal  suit 
was  brought  against 
a  priest,  and  the  god 
of  his  temple,  as 
his  accomplice, 
was  ordered  into 
court  and  when  the 
image  did  ncjt  kneel 
at  the  conmiand  of 
the    high    magistrate 


I  HI',    LI  I  tKAIv\     L  i 


220 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


it  was  sentenced  for  contempt  of  court  to  receive  five  hun- 
dred blows  as  punishment.  It  behoovesa  Chinese  god  to  be 
as  circumspect  as  possible  and  to  attend  strictly  to  business. 
The  saving  that  "  there  is  a  god  to  every  eight  feet  of  space  " 
is  literallv  true  in  the  Hall  of  the  Five  Hundred  Genii,  the 
five  hundred  early  followers  of  Buddha,  who  sit  in  smug 
self-satisfied  poses  in   Flowery    Forest    Monastery. 

"And   do    you   really    believe    that    there    are    gods    like 
all   these    various    personages    in    carven    wood    and    gilded 


EXAMINATION  SHEDS 


clay.'  "  was  asked  of  an  intelligent  Chinese.  His  answer  was 
indeed  rich  in  Oriental  subtlety,  "If  you  believe  in  them  then 
there  arc  gods,  if  you  do  not  believe  in  them  then  they  are 
not.  To  worship  them  can  do  no  harm  and  it  may  do 
some   good.      It   is  well  to  be  on   the  safe  side." 

The  Chinese  have  no  creed,  only  a  cult,  or  rather  several 
cults  ;  for  one  and  the  same  man  frequently  professes  a  belief 
in  ("onfucianism,  Taoism,  and  Buddhism.  The  exercise  of 
intellectual  hospitality  has  led  him  to  entertain,  without  the 
slightest  mental  embarrassment,  the  most  incongruous  forms 
of  belief.      It  might  be  said  with  truth    that    literature   is  the 


THE    ILDGE  OF  CHINA 


221 


religion  of  the  Chinese.  It  is  the  one  thing  that  they  treat 
with  unvarying  respect.  While  they  may  insult  idols  inat- 
tentive to  their  supplications,  and  abandon  temples  to  the 
tooth  of  time,  every  scrap  of  paper  on  which  a  single  letter 
of  their  endless  alphabet  is  traced  becomes  at  once  a  sacred 
thing, —  a  thing  that  may  not  be  neglected  or  profaned.  It 
is  incredible,  but  true,  that  we  might  rather  e.xpect  to  see  the 
streets  of  London  littered  with  five-pound  notes,  than  to  find 
l\ing  in  the  streets  of  Canton  bits  of  waste  paper  with 
printed,  stamped,  or  written  characters  upon  them.  Every 
torn  scrap  is  gathered  up  as  conscientiously  as  we  should  pick 
up  hundred-dollar  bills,  and  reverently  deposited  in  special 
boxes,  placed  at  convenient  distances  in  every  street  ;  a  corps 
of  men  hired  by  the  literary  mandarins  scour  the  city  ever}- 
day,  assembling  all  loose  bits  of  manuscript,  and  the  contents 
of  these  boxes  ;  this  mass  of  paper  is  then  conve\ed  to  various 
temples  and  burned  in  metal  furnaces.  The  ashes  are  placed 
in  jars,  and  carried  to  the  river  bank  where  the  incinerated 
literary  refuse  of  the  dav  is  scattered  on  the  surface  of  a 
seaward  -  flowing 
stream. 

What  is  the 
ambition  of  a 
Chinese  boy.'  To 
become  a  general, 
a  millionaire,  a 
governor,  or  a 
politician  .'  —  No. 
To  become  a 
scholar  ;  for  only 
scholars  may  as- 
pire to  the  high 
places.  Chinese 
scholars    are    the 


SALON  OF   THK   11  1  ERARV  CLl'B 


222 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


most  educated  scholars  in  the  world.  1  do  not  say  best  edu- 
cated, but  )ii(>st  educated.  The  mass  of.  learning  which  they 
absorb  is  as  vast  a.-  it  is  useless.  .\t  the  age  of  five,  boys  are 
able  to  read  and  repeat  \-olumes  of  the  classics  of  Confucius, 
Mencius,  and  other  sages,  and  this  before  they  know  the  mean- 
ing of  the  words  they  utter.  They  must  know  by  heart  the 
works  of  all  the  sages  if  they  are  to  compete  in  the  great 
examinations,  success  in  which  is  the  only  road  to  honor  and 
to  power.  Every  male  from  eighteen  to  ninety  years  of  age  is 
eligible  to  compete  for  a  degree.  The  triennial  examinations 
are  held  in  a  twenty-acre  enclosure,  tilled  with  long  sheds  of 
brick  and  tile,  each  divided  into  tiny  cells  for  the  confinement 
of  the  candidates.     There  are  no  fewer  than  11,673  of  these 


LOTLS    LEAVES 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


223 


examination  boxes,  and  usually  there  are  more  candidates  than 
can  be  properly  isolated  for  the  preliminary  tests.  For  three 
days  and  nights  the  unhappy  prisoners  fret  in  their  narrow- 
stalls,  turning  out  essays  on  quotations  from  the  classics, 
poems  of  a  given  length,  or  themes  on  abstruse  points  of  nat- 
ural philosophy.  In  a  recent,  competition  there  were  thirty- 
five  candidates  over  eighty  years  of  age,  and  eighteen  vener- 
able unsuccessful  plodders  at  the  age  of  ninety  years  came  with 
the  boys  and  men  of  middle  age  to  try  once  more  for  the  long- 
coveted  reward.  But  even  those  who  finally  obtain  the  first 
degree,  called  that  of    "Flowering  Talent,"  are  but  upon  the 


I  rXL'RIOliS    I-ILIES 


threshold  of  advancement.  They  must  achieve,  in  weightier 
mental  contests  at  Peking,  the  Degree  of  "  Promoted  Talent  " 
and  the  Degree  of  "Advanced  Scholar.  "  Then  onlv  do  they 
become  "Expectants  of  Office."  Thus  with  the  better  part 
of  life  wasted  in  arduous  misdirection,  with  minds  oppressed 
by  the  weight  of  ponderous  inconse<]ueutial  theories  and  max- 
uiis,  they  are  ready  to  assume  responsibilities  of  government. 
Men  who  succeed  in  this  memorizing  strife  have  attaineii  the 
highest  social  plane  ;  they  are  regarded  as  succe.ssful  men,  and 
enjoy  the  reverence  and  admiration  of  tliL-  une(hicate<l  masses. 


224 


THE   EDGE  OF  CHINA 


But,  you  may  ask.  "What  of  the  women?  You  have 
said  no  word  of  them.  Your  talk  has  been  of  mandarins  and 
coohes.  What  of  their  wives  and  daughters?  You  have 
shown  us  shops  and  temples,  what  of  the  Chinese  homes? 
W'e  saw  no  homes  ;  the  traveler  rarely  enters  them.  Of 
women  we  saw  a  few  toddling'  upon  their  tiny  deformed  feet 
along  the  crowded  streets.  One  was  knocked  down  by  the 
pole  of  mv  advancing  chair.  1  could  not  force  the  men  to 
stop  to  pick  her  up.  They  merely  laughed  as  if  to  sa\', 
"  Did  you  not  see  that  it  was  nothing  but  a  woman  ?  "  And 
when  we  remember  that  Confucius  taught  that  woman  was 
man's  chattel  and  had  no  soul,  we  see  the  awful  force  of  the 
missionary  statement  that  the  "answer  to  Confucianism  is 
China."  And  y(;t  the  yellow  man  in  spite  of  his  mental 
deformities  is  a  marvelous  piece  of  human  mechanism.  He 
is  apparentlv  able  to  do  almost  everything  by  means  of  al- 
most nothing.  He  is  rich  in  industry  and  frugality.  His 
mind  is  capable  of  feats,  which,  although  barren  of  results, 
surpass  as  mere  achievements  the  triumphs  of  the  white 
man's  intellect.  He  is  above  all  numerous,  his  number 
baffles  computation  ;  we  say,  four  hundred  millions,  hut  we 
cannot  conceive  of  such  an  aggregation  of  humanitw  "  What 
shall  we  do  with  him?"  Western  Civilization  asks  to-day. 
"What  will  he  do  with  West-  I  ern  Civilization  ? ' '  may  be  the 
question  of  a  future  century ^^whcn  four  hundred  milHons 
of  him  shall  have  learned    ^^^w    to  llti)ik  ! 


THK   i-Kh  1  I  Ihsl     1 


1>.\   UK    eA.NTuN 


MANILA 
OAUUAa  —  TVIA^UATSHH    OQ8I0KAiIH    VLAZ 


SAN    FRANCISCO   RESTAURANT  —  BALIUAG 


MANILA 


IN  1899  America  was  looking  with  anxious  mterest  toward 
the  Philippines.  Admiral  Dewey,  his  work  accomplished, 
had  left  Manila  ;  General  Otis,  as  military  governor,  was  in 
command  ;  the  Filipinos  under  Aguinaldo  were  successfully 
defending  themselves,  and  all  the  American  forces  were 
confined  to  the  immediate  surroundings  of  Manila  and  to  a 
thin  wedge  of  country  bordering  the  railway  that  leads  north- 
ward from  the  capital.  This  being  the  situation,  it  would 
appear  that  little  inducement  was  offered  to  the  traveler  to 
direct  his  steps  toward  the  Far  Eastern  archipelago  that  fate 
had  assigned  to  Uncle  Sam.  But  Manila  itself  was  acces- 
sible, and  the  situation,  political  and  military,  presented 
picturesque  aspects  that  appealed  even  to  the  globe-trotter 
intent  only  upon  what  is  called  in  the  East  a   "Look  See." 


228 


MANILA 


It  takes  three  days  to  cross  the  China  Sea  from  Hong- 
kong to  Manila.  Our  steamer  is  the  famous  "Esmeralda,  " 
grown  old  in  this  service.  Our  traveling  companions  are 
white  folk,  black  folk,  brown  folk,  yellow  folk,  and  sundry 
other   individuals   variously    "complected." 


Oj,^«^i '-'-GwUiiiMiJi^ 


HONGKONG 


The  voyage  begins  gaily  enough  ;  a  lovely  night,  big 
tables  spread  on  deck,  all  hands  hungry.  But  once  outside 
the  harbor,  the  winds  begin  to  howl  and  the  sea  rises. 
Diners  one  by  one  forsake  the  tables  and  retire  to  bunks 
which  are  so  stuffy  that  those  who  are  not  already  helpless 
pre-empt  sleeping-places  on  the  upper  deck.  I  slept  upon  a 
pile    of    life-rafts,  my  companions  in  cots  and  long-chairs  of 


V. 

G 


MANILA 


231 


bamboo.  The  first  day  out  was  the  hottest  and  the  wettest 
I  have  ever  Hved  through  ;  shower  after  shower  of  tropic  fury 
came  in  half-hourly  succession,  and  each  one  stayed  with  us 
for  a  full  hour,  so,  as  it  were,  the  showers  overlapped.  Thus 
we  accumulated  downpours  until  the  decks  ran  deep  and  the 
canvas  awning  leaked  copious  streams.  A  miserable,  sticky, 
lazy,  hopeless  day  !     The  second  day  is  fair  and  calm,  a  rare 


NIGHTMARE? 


day  in  these  troubled  waters.  Few  of  us  have  energy  enough 
to  dress  ;  we  open  and  shut  unread  books,  and  after  a  day 
of  utter  idleness  closed  by  a  gorgeous  sunset,  after  a  glimpse 
of  the  peaks  of  Northern  Luzon,  we  again  make  our  beds  on 
deck, —  men,  women,  and  children  in  pajamas  and  kimonos, — 
and  sleep  like  patients  in  a  hospital  ward.  Terrihc  rain-  and 
thunder-storms  break  the  monotony  of  the  night.  We  wrap 
ourselves  in  mackintoshes,  roll  up  our  bedding,  and  sit  upon  it 


232  MANILA 

to  keep  it  dry  till  the  awning  ceases  to  leak  ;  then  we  lie 
down  again  until  another  downpour  forces  us  to  repeat  the 
operation.  And  wIilmi  finally  we  wake  at  5  a.  m.,  we  dis- 
cover that  we  have  already  passed  the  island  of  Corregidor  — 
that  we  are  already  in  Manila  Bay.  There  in  the  distance 
the  long  low  line  of  the  F"ilipino  capital  is  cut  against  the 
misty  morning  sky.  The  Bay  is  very  vast,  Corregidor  is 
almost  tliirty  miles  behind  us  and  quite  invisible.  Cavite  is 
indicated   by   a    thin    white  line,   so  faint  that  it   is  scarcely 


MANILA   FROM    [UK    nw 


seen,  while  the  encircling  shore,  except  that  immediately 
adjacent  to  Manila,  is  lost  in  distance.  It  is  only  on  the 
clearest  days  that  Manila  Bay  appears  to  be  a  landlocked 
sheet  of  water  ;  it  usually  resembles  the  open  sea,  and  fre- 
quently the  roughness  of  its  waves  makes  the  resemblance 
unpleasantly  remarkable.  All  hands  are  eager  to  put  ashore. 
But  the  hcaltii  officer  orders  us  into  quarantine  because 
we  come  from  Hongkong,  where  the  plague  is  raging.  And 
so  for  three  long  days  we  are  to  frizzle  on  the  crowded  ship, 
at  anchor  in  a  tropic  harbor,  under  a   tropic   sun.      And   the 


Nir.HT   ON   THE   CHINA   PEA 


MANILA 


235 


passengers  who  have  donned  fresh  white  suits  and  made 
themselves  look  unrecognizably  respectable,  relapse  into  their 
former  limp  and  helpless  manner  and  give  up  trying  to  keep 
their  clothes  clean.  The  mail  is  fumigated  and  taken  ashore 
by  American  officers.  While  we  sit  growling  at  the  break- 
fast table,  we  hear  a  big  faint  roar,  and  rushing  out  on  deck, 
we  see  the  ships  of  the  American  squadron  far  away  in 
Bacoor  Bay,  shelling  the  insurgents  on  the  shore.  They  say 
our  land  forces  are  also  engaged,  and  all  the  morning  we  sit 


Ml  A    HARBOR 


calmly  on  the  deck,  watching  the  bursts  of  smoke,  and  tim- 
ing the  big  shots  from  the  Monitors.  It  is  a  terrific  spectacle, 
made  unreal  and  vague  by  the  long  miles  of  space  between 
us  and  the  warships.  From  nine  until  eleven,  and  again 
from  one  until  three  o'clock,  the  guns  thunder.  We  can  see 
the  "  Monadnock  "  belch  forth  a  cloud  of  smoke  ;  then  after 
twenty-one  seconds  comes  the  deep  report ;  meanwhile, 
somewhere  on  the  shore,  a  column  of  white  smoke  rises  like 
a  sudden  geyser  eruption  and  then  fades  awav.  Hundreds  of 
lesser  shells  are  seen  bursting  thus,  ten  or  a  dozen  white 
columns  being  simultaneously  visible.      At  five  o'clock  heavy 


236 


MANILA 


volley  fire  is  heard.  No  smoke  is  seen,  but  the  long  drum- 
like  rolls,  merging  into  one  another,  seem  more  awful,  more 
suggestive  of  death  than  the  picturesque  rain  of  shells  which 
preceded     them.      We     learn     that    seventy-five     men     were 


MANILA    BAY 


w'ounded  in  the  course  of  the  day.  We  are  astounded  to 
find  the  fighting  line  so  near  the  city  ;  for  men  are  killing  one 
another  there,  not  eight  miles  from  the  gates  of  Old  Manila, 
and  this  after  a  si.\-months'  pursuit  of  an  enemy  whom  we, 
contemptuous  white  men,    have  pretended  to  despise. 

For  three  days  and  nights  \ve  are  confined  on  boai'd  our 
steamer,    which  we  call  the    "Pest  Ship." 

Yet  we  are  not  nearly  so  miserable  as  our  situation  would 
appear  to  warrant.  \\"e  have  met  the  fact  of  quarantine 
with  a  cheerful,  perspiring  resignation,  and  we  find  consola- 
tion in  voracious  eating.  All  of  us  have  high-sea  appetites  ; 
of  course  there  is  no  suspicion  of  sea-sickness,  for  the  bay  is 
glassy  in  its  torrid   calm. 


MANILA 


237 


Even  the  most  trivial  incidents  cause  a  stir.  If  a  man 
falls  asleep  and  snores,  it  interests  and  delights  everybody. 
If  a  steam-launch  passes,  all  eyes  are  fixed  on   her. 

A  Filipino  passenger  produces  a  phonograph,  and  every 
evening  all  hands  crowd  around  the  mouth  of  the  machine 
and  listen  ecstatically  to  the  French  songs  antl  American 
marches  that  are  ground  out  by  the  instrument.  The  group 
is  a  motley  one  —  Spanish  friars,  Filipinos,  half-castes,  Ameri- 
can fortune-seekers,  British  business  men,  Chinese  sailors, 
stewards  and  coolies,  and  two  young  women  from  Argentina, 
—  all  hanging  upon   the   shrill  notes  of  the  talking-machine. 

There  are  many  other  things  to  interest  us.     All  night  we 

see  the  search-lights  on  the  distant  men-of-war,  wigwagging 

signals  to  Manila,  while  little  launches  silently  patrol  the  bay. 

On  the  second  day  we  w'itness  the  sailing  of  the  transports  of 

the  Oregon  volunteers.     We  cheer  them 


DISTRAfI  IONS    I-OR     rilK    CIT'A  k  ANT  I  NKI> 


238 


MANILA 


of  our  steamer  does  not  order  a  salute  as  our  big  ships  Kl'fle 
by,  whereupon  a  stout  American  lady,  with  a  patriotic  fervor 
worthy  of  Barbara  Frietchie  herself  looses  the  halyards  and 
dips  the  British  ensign  repeatedly,  while  the  captain  and 
the    crew   look    on    in   stark    and    speechless    horror. 


THE    PASir.    RUEU 


The  third  day  comes  with  the  same  rosy  sunrise,  the  fresh 
coolness  of  morning,  and  the  new  thought,  "To-day  we  go 
ashore  —  perhaps."  The  doctor  is  on  board  examining  the 
Chinese  steerage.  Then  all  cabin  passengers  are  ordered  to 
line  up  on  deck,  men  port  side,  women  starboard.  There 
we  stand,  most  of  us  in  pajamas  or  kimonos,  with  bare  or 
slippered  feet,  unbrushed  hair,  and   smiles  of  hope.      We  are 


t/) 

> 


MANILA 


241 


merely  counted  to  make  sure  that  no  plague-stricken  body 
had  been  surreptitiously  chucked  overboard.  Convinced  of 
this,  the  handsome  young'  M.  1).  declares  quarantine  off. 
We  give  a  howl  of  joy,  dress,  pack,  and  then  sit  on  our  piled- 
up  bundles,  and  wait  an  hour  for  the  customs-officer.  At 
last  he  comes,  one  lone  young  volunteer,  wearing  a  khaki 
uniform  and  a  dejected  expression.  He  looks  into  our  kit 
and  says,  in  a  discouraged  tone  :  "All  right,  you  can  take 
your  hand-baggage  ashore."       Joyful  confusion  ensues. 

Just  as  I  am  congratulating  myself  that  my  troubles  are 
now  ended,  a  new  trouble  comes  up  the  gangway,  in  the  per- 
son of  the  immigration-officer,  a  courteous  young  fellow  who 
fin<is  that  three    Chinese    have    no    passports   and    therefore 


OHNERAl.   UTIS'S  MLLA  ON   THE    PA.SIG 


16 


242 


MANILA 


cannot  land.  "  But  my  boy  has  the  consul's  consent  to  ac- 
company me.  The  Steamship  Company  assured  me  that  no 
further  papers  were  required  except  an  order  from  Mr. 
Wildman,  to  authorize  them  to  issue  a  ticket  to  Ah  Kee.  " 
This  is  my  confident  protest.  But  the  officer  is  obstinate, 
though  he  promises  to  try  to  arrange  matters  with  the  cap- 
tain of  the  port  if   I   will  leave  Ah  Kee  on  board  until  I  hear 


«^»  . 

,  ^                       > 

■--^^ 

HH 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^■■B 

^'^ 

\ 

■*-  - — 

^^m^ 

mm 

II 

_ 

'  ^^ 

■1 

1 

■5 

N 

Kl^^^^^^H 

f  ■  t 

■"• 

F  . 

'•■.. 

^jmd^k 

^t 

Urn  ««:'!■ 

-' 

*f- 

MANILA  DEFENSES 


from  the  shore  authorities.  Ten  minutes  later  temptation 
follows  trouble.  The  captain  tells  me  there  has  been  a  mis- 
take in  the  count-up  ;  Ah  Ivee  did  not  line  up  and  was  not 
counted  in  ;  the  three  Chinese  who  have  no  passports  are 
confined  in  the  hold  ;  the  letter  of  the  regulations  is  not 
violated,  therefore  I  may  take  Ah  Ivee  away,  say  nothing, 
and  all  will  be  well.  I  assure  the  captain  that  I  don't  wish 
to  get   him   or  m_\'self  into  trouble. 

"No  fear,  go  ahead";  and  go  ahead   I   do. 


H 

m 

o 

2 
5 


MANILA 


245 


The  passengers  are  crowding  into  a  steam-launch.  I 
charter  a  small  Filipino  "bote"  with  three  native  paddlers, 
embark  my  thirteen  pieces  of  baggage,  and  push  off  from 
the  "  Pest  Ship.  "  My  craft  is  long  and  narrow,  with  a  low- 
arched  mat  roof,  under  which  we  crouch.  We  are  already 
far  from  the  ship  before  the  thought  takes  hold  of  me  : 
' '  Suppose  these  boatmen  are  insurgents  ?  There  is  the  rebel 
shore  to  the  right  ;  suppose  they  paddle  over  that  way  and 
deliver  me  to  the  enemy  ?  ' ' 


AFTER    TIFFIN 


But  no  treacherous  designs  are  entertained  by  my  per- 
spiring crew,  who  land  us  loyally  near  the  Custom  House  on 
the  right  bank  of  the  Pasig  River,  where  we  step  across  the 
threshold  of  our  new  possessions.  The  baggage  and  the  con- 
traband "  boy  "  are  shipped  into  town  without  the  slightest 
difficulty.  But  Uncle  Sam  was  not  outwitted,  as  subsequent 
events  proved,  for  Ah  Kee  was  discovered  —  sent  back  to  the 
ship  and  remained  in  duress  on  the    "Esmeralda  "   to   await 


246 


MANILA 


reshipinent  to  Hon.tjkong,  until  released  b}'  personal  order  of 
General  Otis,  who  assured  me  that  if  Ah  Kee  was,  as  I 
stated,  invaluable  to  me  as  an  assistant  in  my  pictorial 
work,  the  Government  could  not  and  would  not  bar  him 
out.  "Tell  the  Captain  of  the  Port  to  release  the  "  'Chin- 
ese artist  '  on  the  '  Esmeralda  '  !  "  A  special  launch  is  sent 
out  for  Ah  Kee,  who  returns  to  Manila  in  triumph,  wearing  a 
smile  so  wide  that  he  has  to  tilt  it  up  to  permit  the  tender 
to  come  alongside  the  pier. 

"  \Miat  did  the  captain  say  to  you.  Ah  I\ee,  when  he  saw 
that  \ou  had  been  caught,  and  that  he  was  subject  to  a 
fine.'  "  I  ask.  "Oh  tellifile  thlings,  he  talkee, —  'go  down,' 
puttee  me  black  holee  !  ' ' 


IHK    "Bhbl    "    llulhL    IN    .MAMi 


MANILA 


247 


The  best  hotel 
in  town  is  the 
Hotel  de  Oriente, 
but  it  is  not  ad- 
miration for  that 
hostelry  that  im- 
pels me  to  write 
words  which  may 
be  construed  as 
words  of  praise. 
In  hotel  matters 
the  superlative 
means  nothing  in 
Manila;  the  situa- 
tion is  completely 
hopeless.  True, 
the  structure  is 
imposing,  spa- 
cious, airy,  and 
suggestive  of  coolness,  comfort,  and  good  cheer  ;  but  these 
are  vain  suggestions.  The  table  at  this  and  every  other 
place  of  public  entertainment  in  Manila  is  impossible.  True, 
the  breakfast  menu  is  rich  in  printed  promises  ;  each  dish  is 
numbered  to  facilitate  the  task  of  giving  orders  to  the  Chinese 
waiters ;  there  are  eight  numbers.  Let  me  run  the  gas- 
tronomic  octave:  — 


A    !■  ILiriM  1    \\  INDUVV 


1.  PORRIDGE 

Watery  gruel.      We  pass. 

2.  BEEFSTEAK 

Oriental  beefsteak.  We  pass  again  ;  but  the  subsequent 
items,  despite  a  suggestion  of  monotony,  seem  to  offer  grounds 
for  hope. 


3.  BOILED  EGGS 

4.  SCRAMBLED  EGGS 

5.  POACHED  EGGS 


6.  OMELETTES 

7.  HAM  AND  EGGS 

8.  EGGS  AND  BACON 


248 


MANILA 


What  more  do  you  recjuire  ?  Very  good  ;  let  us  order 
No.  6.  "  Bov,  catchee  ine  one  piecee  number  six,"  is  the 
command.  The  yellow  gargon  smiles  a  sad,  cruel  smile,  and 
answers,  "No  have  got  eggs!  "  We  are  unfortunate  in  ar- 
riving just  after  the  hotel  has  been  taken  over  from  the 
Spaniards  by  an  English  company.  Prices  have  gone  up, 
and  the  service  has  gone  all  to  pieces.  Chinese  boys  replace 
the  Filipino  waiters.  The  Spanish  cuisine,  good  of  its  gar- 
licky kind,  has  given  place  to  a  sort  of  emergency  galley  in 
charge  of  ignorant  Celestials,  and  the  only  attempts  at  re- 
organization are  confined  to  swearings,  long  and  loud,  on  the 
part  of  the  distracted  manager.      But  as  he   swore  in   a   new, 


A    Fll  UMNO    BKD 


MANILA 


249 


unfamiliar  language,  his  words  were  lost  upon  the  servants, 
while  the  guests  received  the  full  force  of  his  utterances.  I 
paid  ten  dollars  (Mexican)  per  day  for  the  privilege  of  eating 
my  own  canned  goods  in  the  dining-room,  and  occupying  a 
huge  apartment  overlooking  the  square.  The  house  is  spa- 
cious if  not  elegant  :  hails  wide  as  streets,  long  stairways  at 
a  gentle  incline,  ceilings  distant  as  skies,  and  rooms  as  big  as 
dormitories.  The  floor  and  walls  and  ceiling  are  of  wood, — 
no  plaster  could  resist  the  dampness  of  the  rainy  season. 
Everywhere  there  is  the  smell  of  kerosene,  with  which  the 
floors  are  rubbed  to  make  them  unpopular  as  parade-grounds 
for  the  armies  of  ants  that  otherwise  would  overrun  them. 
\^'herever  kerosene  has  not  been  used,  the  insect  regiments 
maneuver.  The  window-sill  is  a  busy  thoroughfare  ;  on 
close  inspection  it  resembles  a  miniature  London  Bridge  on  a 

busy  day.  There 
is  no  lack  of  ven- 
tilation, for  the 
side  of  the  room 
facing  the  street 
can  be  thrown 
entirely  open. 
The  Filipino  bed 
has  been  unjustly 
ridiculed  and  ma- 
ligned; it  has  been 
called  an  instru- 
ment of  torture, 
a  rack,  aninspirer 
of  insomnia.  It 
is  none  of  these. 
It  is  a  "  sleeping 
machine,"  per- 
fectly adapted  to 


A    '■  SI.KEl'ING-MACHINE  "     PRECAKKD    FOR    SIF 


250 


MANILA 


local  conditions,  —  a  bed  evolved  by  centuries  of  experience 
in  a  moist,  hot,  insect-ridden  tropic  land,  and  from  the  artistic 
point  of  view  it  is  not  unattractive.  Its  peculiarity  consists  in 
the  absence  of  slats,  springs,  mattress,  and  blankets.  In  place 
of  these  there  is  a  taut  expanse  of  rattan,  as  if  the  bed  were  a 
gigantic  cane-seat  chair  ;  on  this  a  bamboo  mat  is  laid,  on  this 
a  single  sheet.  There  is,  of  course,  a  pillow,  very  hard,  but 
cool,  and   an   unfamiliar  object  like   an  abbreviated  bolster. 


A     i-ii.illN 


called  a  "  Dutch  Wife,  "  which  originated  in  the  Dutch  East 
Indies.  The  bed  is  fortified  with  an  elaborate  mosquito-net- 
ting, dense  enough  to  keep  out  the  tiniest  gnats,  and  at  the 
same  time  strong  enough  to  resist  the  onslaught  of  the  flying 
cockroaches.  The  Manila  insects  of  that  name  deserve  a 
bigger  name  ;  they  seem  not  insects,  but  athletic  creatures, 
partaking  of  the  nature  of  three  classes,  —  the  crustacean,  the 
rodent,  and  the  raptores,  —  an  unhappy  combination  of  lob- 
ster,   rat,  and    vulture.      Bv    dav    thev    crawl    on    walls    and 


MANILA 


!53 


tables,  startling  the  stranjjer  with  their  formidable  aspect. 
At  night  after  candles  are  extinguished,  they  begin  aerial 
festivities.  As  they  charge  through  the  darkness  from  wall 
to  wall,  with  a  whizz  and  whirr,  we  seem  to  see  the  ride  of 
the  Valkyries  and  hear  their  long  Wagnerian  shriek.  He  is 
indeed  a  tired  traveler  who  can  sleep  during  his  first  night  in 
Manila.  The  close  heat  of  the  evening,  the  presence  of 
strange  neighbors,  and  the  fact  that  he  is  lying  on  what  feels 


SAN  SEBASTIAN 


like  a  tightly  drawn  drumhead  keep  him  awake  until  the  sun 
streams  into  his  big  bare  room  and  drives  him  out  into  the 
cooler   streets. 

Of  course,  he  goes  first  to  the  Escolta  ;  in  fact,  no  matter 
where  he  wants  to  go,  he  usually  passes  through  this  thor- 
oughfare, the  busiest,  most  interesting  street  in  all  Manila. 
It  is  the  main  artery  of  the  newer  quarter  called  Binondo, 
the  commercial  district  ;  the  o\d  Walled  City,  with  its  palaces 
and    monasteries,  is   across    the    river.      A  splendid  bridge  of 


254 


MANILA 


many  arches  spans  the  river,  connecting  the  animated  modern 
quarter  with  the  sleepy  medieval  town  called  "  Intra  Mures,  " 
or  "within  the  walls.  Tram-cars  traverse  the  Escolta,  and 
then    wind   on    their   halting   wa\'    through  the  suburb  of  San 


FROM    THE   KAMr'ARTS 


Sebastian,  past  the  graceful  church  of  the  same  name,  which 
is  one  of  the  curiosities  of  Manila.  It  is  made  entirely  of 
metal ;  it  was  "made  in  Germany,"  set  up  there  first  to  be 
examined  and  approved  by  the  Filipino  purchasers  ;  then  it 
was  taken  apart,  shipped  to  the  Orient,  and  re-erected  in 
Manila.      It    looks,    however,    like  an   edifice    of  solid  stone. 

In  Spanish  da\-s  the  tram-cars,  invariably  crowded,  were 
drawn  by  a  single  miserable  pony  ;  but  our  people  decided 
that  such  a  system  should  not  flourish  in  the  shadow  of  our 
humanizing  institutions. 

The  governor  accordingly  compelled  the  English  tram- 
way company  to  hitch  two  ponies  to  each  car.  Even  the 
pair   proved   inadequate,    whereupon  the  people  took  a  hand, 


MANILA 


255 


as  witnessed  b\'  an  incident,  which  is,  I  think,  unique  in  the 
history  of  city  railway  companies.  On  the  Fourth  of  July  a 
crowded  car  was  on  its  way  to  the  Luneta.  The  two  Httle 
brutes  attached  could  barely  crawl,  —  one  of  them  was  upon 
the  point  of  dropping  from  exhaustion.  The  passengers, 
among  them  many  of  our  soldiers,  held  a  brief  consultation, 
and  decided  on  a  course  of  action.  They  turned  the  two 
poor  creatures  loose  in  the  neglected  Botanical  Garden,  and 
then  put  shoulders  to  the  horseless  car,  and  pushed  it  with 
its  load  of  women  and  children  and  a  few  lazy  men  to  the 
scene  of  the  celebration,  three  quarters  of  a  mile  away. 

The  Escolta  is  rapidly  assuming  an  American  complexion. 
If  you  believe  in  sig-//s,  you  may,  without  the  least  difficulty. 


liAKl.N     IN     iHI-.    KllvLD 


256 


MANILA 


imagine  that  you  are  in  one  of  our  cities.  The  tide  of 
street  Hfe  runs  much  higher  than  in  the  davs  before  the  war  ; 
new  currents  are  flowing  through  the  narrow  thoroughfares  ; 
even  the  natives  seem  to  have  caught  the  restless  spirit  of 
the  conquerors,  for  they  step  out  more  briskh"  than  they  did. 
The  old-time  ferries  ply  more  swiftly  across   the   slow  canal, 


YOl'NG   MKN'S  CHRISTIAN   ASSOCIATION 

and  when  they  touch  the  quay,  the  passengers  "step  lively," 
as  if  at  the  command  of  a  conductor  on  the  "  L.  " 

There  is  a  "hot  time  "  in  Manila  every  dav  from  i  i  A.  M. 
until  4  p.  M.,  and  this  accounts  for  the  immediate  success 
achieved  by  the  first  American  ice-cream  soda-water  foun- 
tain erected  in  the  Philippines.  What  if  there  is  no  milk  or 
cream  to  be  had  .^  The  so-called  "ice-cream  "  here  has  at 
least  one  virtue,  —  it  is  cold  ;  and  what  if  the  fountain  fre- 
quently  fails   to   fizz   and   the   syrups   sour  earh'   in  the  day?' 


MANILA 


259 


There  is  a  grateful  reminder  of  home  in  the  familiar  printed 
signs  concerning  checks  and  phosphates.  Among  the  local 
restaurants  there  is  at  least  one  that  looks  attractive.  Al- 
though the  cooking  at  the  Cafe  de  Paris  is  an  insult  to  the 
name  of  the  establishment,  it  is  pleasant  to  lunch  or  dine  on 
the  broad  balcony,  above  the  Pasig  River,  near  the  busy 
Bridge  of  Spain.  A  table  d'hote  is  served  at  a  very  modest 
price,  $1.00  Me.xiran  nr  one  half-dollar  gold.      The  wines  are 


cheap,  and  none  too  good  ;  but  beer  is  plentiful  and  costs  no 
more  than  in  America.  In  fact,  the  importation  of  American 
beer  has  been  the  most  profitable  business  in  Manila  since 
our  first  twenty  thousand  thirsty  soldiers  came  to  town. 

Campaigning  in  summer  within  fifteen  degrees  of  the 
equator  and  a  long  way  east  of  Suez  enables  men  to  cultivate 
a  thirst  on  which  a  hundred  breweries  can  thrive.  Still,  it 
must  be  said,  in  justice  to  our  soldiers,  that  no  grog  whatever 
is  permitted  at  the  front  where  the  majority  of  our  tired  boys 


i6o 


MANILA 


are  facing  terrible  hardships ; 
while  in  Manila,  where  there  is 
no  restraint,  I  was  surprised 
to  see  so  few  intoxicated  men 
in  the  saloons.  Unfortunately, 
one  happy  soldier  celebrating 
a  brief  leave  of  absence  is  more 
conspicuous  than  a  regiment  of 
sober  men. 

Three  days  at  the  hotel 
In-ought  me  to  the  verge  of  mel- 
ancholia and  starvation.  My 
canned  goods  had  run  out,  and 
my  spirits  were  fast  following 
when  a  friend  from  far-away 
Chicago  insisted  on  moving  me, 
bag,  baggage,  and  Chinese  boy, 
from  the  Hotel  de  Oriente  to 
the  best  house  in  the  Calle 
Nozaleda,  literally  from  "Ori- 
ente "  to  "Occidente,  "  from 
the  discomforts  of  a  barnlike 
caravansar\-  to  the  comforts  of 
a  cosy  home  and  the  compan- 
ionship of  a  delightful  family. 
There  is  an  atmosphere  of  home 
intensely  grateful  to  one  who 
hail  begun  to  feel  a  sense  of 
isolation  and  of  exile.  In  this 
congenial  corner  of  comfort- 
less Manila,  I  passed  the  busy 
weeks  of  June  and  July.  We 
did  not  suffer  from  the  heat. 
In    a   typical    Manila    dwelling 


MANILA 


263 


everything;  is  cool  and  bare  and  open.  Long  bamboo  chairs 
from  China  invite  midday  slumbers,  and  other  chairs,  peculiar 
to  the  tropics,  are  furnished  with  extended  arms,  on  which 
the  sitter  rests  his  legs,  assuming  thus  an  attitude  as  airily 
luxurious  as  it  is  at  first  sight  offensively  undignified.  But 
when  once  you  have  tried  this  pose  on  a  hot  afternoon,  you 
will  not  criticize  your  friends  if  they,  too,  make  the  soles  of 
their  shoes  obtrusively  conspicuous.  One  of  the  most  comical 
and  comfortable  spectacles  in  Manila  is  witnessed  in  the 
reading-room  of  the  Tiffin  Club,  where  every  day,  after  tiffin, 
sixteen  members  sit  in  sixteen  of  these  chairs,  with  their 
thirty-two  legs  and  thirty-two  feet  protruding  from  beneath 
their  sixteen  daily  papers.  One  of  the  crying  needs  during 
the  early  days  in  Manila  was  an  adequate   cold-storage  plant 


I("U("KK\M    SODA 


264 


MANILA 


and  a  more  generous  supply  of  ice.  The  ice-man  comes 
every  day,  'tis  true,  but  he  leaves  only  a  tiny  glittering  cube, 
at  which  we  point  the  finger  of  scorn,  for  it  is  but  a  ten- 
pound  souvenir  of  his  Heeting  presence,  ami  it  loses  half  its 
bulk  ere  we  can  lay  it  carefuUv  in  the  ice-chest  like  a 
precious  diamond  in  a  jewel  casket.  With  ten  pounds  of  ice 
per  day,  eight  dry  Americans  must  be  content.  We  are  not 
allowed  to  purchase  more,    for  the  supply  is  limited. 

The  servant-question  causes  little  trouble.  Two  Filipino 
boys  do  all  the  housework.  One,  the  ever-smiling  Valentin, 
has  charge  of  our  apartments.  The  first  time  that  I  saw 
him  beginning  the  da\''s  work,  I  thought  he   had  gone  crazy. 


THE   ICE- .MAN   HAS  COME  ! 


OUR   GARDEN 


MANILA 


267 


He  had  cleared  the  sitting-room  of  furniture,  his  feet  were 
wrapped  in  cumbrous  bandages,  as  if  he  were  suffering  from 
gout,  but  thus  weighted  he  was  dancing  a  vigorous  two-step 
all  by  himself,  gliding  up  and  down  and  across  the  room,  at 
the  same  time  singing  a  lively  Spanish  air  ;  this  performance 
he  repeats  every  morning ;  it  is  the  Filipino  method  of 
polishing  the  floor. 

Adjoining  the  house  is  a  damp,  green  garden,  a  pretty, 
pleasant  little  garden  into  which  we  rarely  ventured.  But 
we  found  it  cool  and  refreshing  to  look  at  as  we  reclined  in 
bamboo  chairs  placed  near  the  open  windows.  Yet  do  not 
think  that  the  Americans  do  nothing  but  repose  in  our  new 
Oriental  city  ;  there  is  a  task  for  every  man  and  woman, 
tasks  that  most  of  them  are  meeting  bravely.  My  host,  a  colo- 
nel of  the  regulars,  is  with  his  regiment,  the  Third  Infantry, 
at  Baliuag,  an  iso- 
lated post  on  the 
north  line.  One 
son  is  a  lieuten- 
ant, the  others 
hold  responsible 
positions  in  the 
Custom  House  ; 
while  for  the  la- 
dies of  the  famil}-, 
there  is  an  end- 
less round  of  du- 
ties—visits to  the 
hospitals  where 
sick  or  wounded 
members  of  the 
regiment  are  be- 
ing cared  for,  the 
encouragement 


A   CANTHEN 


268 


MANILA 


and  the  entertainment  of  con- 
valescent officers,  besides  a 
host  of  social  obligations  to  be 
fulfilled. 

We,  too,  have  work  to  do. 
for  we  have  come  to  study  old 
Manila   in   transition. 

A  curious  feature  of  the 
street  life  of  i\fanila  is  the  cara- 
l)ao,  or  water  buffalo,  a  creat- 
ure slow,  deliberate,  and  dig- 
nified, scores  of  which  pass 
our  dwelling  every  day,  drag- 
ging in  their  lazy  wake  long 
trains  of  carts  now  used  for 
forwarding  supplies  to  soldiers 
at  the  front  ;  all  night  we  hear 
the  laden  carts  go  creaking  by, 
by  da\"  the  empty  ones  return  ; 
but  sometimes  there  are  dead 
and  wounded  men  heaped  on 
these  Oriental  tumbrels.  Fol- 
l(.)w  this  street  less  than  a  dozen 
miles,  and  you  will  see  the  place 
where  men  are  killing  one  an- 
other. Not  twenty  minutes' 
drive  from  our  door  is  one  of 
the  block-houses  which  not 
manv  weeks  before  was  a  scene 
of  conflict.  Along  this  road 
the  slow  supply-trains  wend 
their  wav.  The  movement  of 
the  carabao  must  have  been 
sootliing   to   the    Spanish   eye. 


NINTH    l^hANrK^    ON    IHK  BKIDUE  <)I-   SPA1^ 


MANILA 


269 


To  us  it  is  exasperating.  The  bnite  advances  at  a  something 
slower  than  a  walk,  unininciful  of  the  blows  and  cries  of  the 
Chinese  or  native  driver.  He  will  roll  on,  each  day,  just  as 
many  miles  as  is  his  custom  ;  then,  when  by  some  internal 
calculation  he  arrives  at  the  conclusion  that  his  dav's  work 
is  done,  no  power  on  earth  can  make  him  move  another  step 
in  the  path  of  duty.  He  bolts  for  the  first  river,  pond,  or 
moat,  where  he  will  stand  for  hours  immersed  to  the  horns, 
gazing  serenely  at  his  helpless  master  on  the  bank.  The 
moat  of  old  Manila  near  our  house  always  grows  black  with 
these  water-loving  mammals  when  the  supply-trains  from  the 
front  reach  their  destination  near  the  city  gates.  The  pass- 
ing of  the  carabao  soon  becomes  a  ve.xing  detail  of  our  daily 
drives  or  walks  about  the  town,  the  cause  of  numberless 
delavs  and  much  impatient  condenniation  of  the  useful  brute. 


<;bNl.;RAI.    LAWTON  S   VILLA 


2  70 


MANILA 


CALLE   NOZALEDA 


Even  tlie  new-born  American  press  in  Manila  now  clamors 
for  the  exclusion  of  the  carabao  and  his  attendant  cart  from 
the  streets  of  the  city  proper.  But  you,  whose  daily  down- 
town perplexities  are  occasioned  by  swift  trolley-cars,  may 
look  %\  ith  interest  on  the  slow  caravans  of  carabaos. 

A  day  or  two  after  arrival  I  became  the  proud  lessee  of  a 
horse  and  cart,  or,  rather,  two  ponies,  one  for  mornings  and 
one  for  afternoons,  and  a  "  calcsa,"  a  two-wheeled  gig  with 
an  airy  rumble  aft  for  my  Filipino  boy.  Neither  the  a.  m. 
nor  the  p.  M.  pony  is  ambitious  ;  both  balk  and  exhibit  an 
equal  fondness  for  gutters,  stone  walls,  and  carabao  carts. 
On  starting  we  either  hit  or  shave  everything  within  a  radius 
of  forty  feet,  or  else  we  do  not  start  until  some  one  jumps 
out  and  leads  the  brute  for  half  a  block,  while  the  boy  plies 
the  whip  and  uses  expressive  Spanish.  For  all  this  exciting 
amusement  I  pay  $3.00  Mexican  per  day,  $1.50  in  gold.  A 
private  trap  is  a  necessity,  for  the  public  cabs  are  hopeless. 


MANILA 


271 


COMFORTABLE 


The   Filipino  cabby  is  original  in   his  peculiarities.      He  will 
accept    us    as    passengers,    reluctantly.       He    dislikes     being 


.\1U.%AS  I  tHltS 


MANILA 


UtitKl-:    WK    KKl.LOWS    CAMI'KD 


Ol  R    HKIHNDS 


A    CANVAS    RKAI)lN<J-KOOM 


MANILA 


2/5 


HEROES  AND    SCRIBES 


compelled  to  leave  a  shady  corner.  He  will  drive  us  for 
just  about  so  long,  then  he  gets  tired  and  discouraged.  If 
he  is  kept  waiting  longer  than  he 
thinks  is  proper,  he  will 
mose,  "  paid  or  unpaid, 
leave  us  to  tramp  home  oi 
foot.  Frequently  I  have 
been  abandoned  by  driv- 
ers to  whom  I  was  in- 
debted for  two  hours' 
service.  The  cab  rates 
are  still  low,  although 
the  cost  of  living  in  Ma- 
nila has  been  trebled  since 
the    open-handed    Yankees 


TO    THH    ARMV    AND    THE    PRESS 


276 


MANILA 


came.  There  is  little  m  the  way  of  souvenirs  and  curios  for 
which  to  spend  one  s  money.  The  only  native  products  that 
are  tempting  to  travelers  are  the  Filipino  fabrics,  the  " piTia  " 
cloth,  made  from  the  Hber  of  the  pineapple  leaf  and  a  lovely 
fabric  called  "/'''■^'''.  part  pine  leaf  and  part  hemp.  Good 
piiia  is  now  hard  to  get,  while  all  the  prettiest  designs  in  jusi 
have  been  picked  up  by  early  buyers.  Prices  have  gone  up, 
and  joy  reigns  among  these  little  merchant  women,  who,  like 
brides,  are  in\"ariably  called  pretty  by  our  journalistic  writers, 
although  in  realitv  they  cannot  lay  claim  even  to  good  looks. 
Nor  can  we  squander  much  upon  amusements  in  Manila. 
In  all  the  larger  theaters  a  permanent  audience  having  taken 


OLK    llU.Mh:    l.\    MA.ML^ 


IN  OLD  MANILA 


MANILA 


279 


■ 

P" 

^Hi^S^ 

SS!: 

ir 

j 

■■*■  ■  '  -M 

- 

k 

b 

f 

ii'* 

}f^ 

^nQ9 

Ml 

^  n 

* 

'.-  ■-    ' 

--••v 

r 

'.  ■.■*i.'*j^^ 

1^ 

^tf*^*^^ 

THE    MOAT 


possession  has  made  itself  at  home  with  beds  and  hammocks, 
and   settled  down    to  await   the   hnal  curtain  on    the   drama 


A   SUBURBAN    AVENUE 


28o 


MANILA 


of  the  insurgent  war. 
The  officers  sleep  in 
private  '  boxes  ;  pri- 
vates in  pre-empted 
perches  in  the  circle  ; 
mess-tables  are  sprtad 
behind  the  footlights, 
and  the  parquet  is 
used  in  rainy  weather 
for  a  drill -ground. 
There  are,  however, 
two  theaters  not  yet 
occupied  as  barracks  ; 
in  one  a  Spanish  com- 
pany gives  an  occa- 
sional performance  of 
farces  set  to  music  ; 
while  in  the  other  we 
were  permitted  to  see 


LEASED    BV    THK    MO.NIU 


native     theatrical     company    pre- 
senting plays  in  the  Tagala  lan- 
guage.     One  day  "  II  Trova- 
|K      tore"   was  announced  ;   it 
proved    to    be    a    drama 
founded  on   the    opera. 
The    prompter    read 
each     line     in    a    loud 
voice,    the  actor    then 
repeated   it,  and  paus- 
ing, waited  for  the  next. 
Thus  every  line  was  given 
twice,  and  the  action  inter- 
rupted by  a  nervous  stop  at 
the  end  of  each  sentence.      The 


IN    IHK   DRV-GOODS   DISTRICT 


MANILA 


281 


THEATRICAL     BARRACKS 


PINA    AND   JUSI    SHOPS 


282 


MANILA 


I.N     nil::     CEMETERY 


hero  wore  the  conventional  slashed  doublet  and  short  satin 
trunks,    but  in  place  of    silken   tights  his  legs  were  encased 


..:■  A\  hb   'Ji      I  HH    AS  I  (  IK    B  \  I  I  KH  S    s   l»h  \D 


MANILA 


283 


in  a  garment  stron 
tive  in  texture  and  i] 
of  Dr.  Jaeger's  com 
able  woolen  wear. 

The  only  other 
organized   amuse- 
ment   enterprise 
is  the  Fire  Bri- 
gade, and  I  am 
inclined    to   re- 
gard   it    as    the 
most  amusing  ot 
the    three.       The 
usual    type    of    en- 
gine   resembles   to  a 
great   extent  a  kitch 
boiler.      On  arrival 
fire,   the   wheels  are 
The  provost  marshal   kindly  ordered  out  the  department  for 

an  exhibition   run.      It   was   the 
funniest  performance  imag- 
inable.    On  leaving  the 
engine-house,  ostensi- 
bly   for  a  fire,   one 
driver  dropped  his 
helmet.       There- 
upon   he    drew 
rein,   ordered   a 
hovibcro  to  pick 
it    up,   settled    it 
squarely    on    his 
head,     and     then 
calmly  whipped  up 
nis    team    and    pro- 


THEATER 


NATIVE    FLANEKS    A  I     KhUEARSAI. 


284 


MANILA 


ceeded  leisurely  to  the  scene 
of  the  supposed  conflagration. 
The  leaders,  harnessed  to  the 
four-horse  engine,  balk,  back, 
anci  throw  the  postilion  under 
the  wheeler's  heels,  and  the 
entire  force  devotes  about  ten 
minutes  to  the  ensuing  disen- 
tanglement. 

The  Spanish  "  Capitan  de 
Bomberos  "  apologizes  for  the 
confusion,  saying  with  naive 
frankness,  "It  is  always  so 
when    we    use    four    horses!" 

We  make  inquiries  concern- 
ing a  certain  form  of  amuse- 
ment that  is  now  prohibited. 
To  the  sorrow  of  the  Filipinos 
our  military  government  de- 
clared it  unlawful  to  indulge  in 
cock-fighting,  a  pastime  which 
for  centuries  had  been  the 
national  sport, —  the  ruling  pas- 
sion of  the  Filipinos.  This,  at 
a  time  when  we  should  have 
been  doing  everything  to  con- 
ciliate the  250,000  Filipinos  of 
the  capital,  did  more  to  alien- 
ate the  sympathies  of  Manila's 
native  population  than  even  the 
occasional  abuse  to  which  they 
were  subjected  by  the  soldiery. 

However,  we  found  no  dif- 
ticulty  in  arranging  a  cock-tight 


BO.MliKKOS 


MANILA 


287 


for  motion-picture  purposes. 
Tlie  animated  record  shows  the 
contending'  birds  surrounded  by 
a  crowd  of  excited  owners  and 
backers,  offering  bets.  The 
spectators  finally  fled  at  the 
approach  of  the  provost  guard. 
The  medieval  moats  of  Old 
Manila  are  very  picturesque  ; 
we  skirt  them  every  day  in 
driving  to  and  from  Escolta. 
Manila's  medieval  walls  were 
once  models  for  defenses  of 
their  kind.  They  were  reared 
more  than  three  hundred  years 
ago.  Beyond  them  rises  the 
long  low  roof  of  a  monastery, 
one  of  the  many  somber  piles 
raised  by  Spanish  friars  in  this 
Oriental  stronghold  of  Catholi- 
cism. On  near  approach  the 
building  loses  nothing  of  its 
severe  religious  aspect,  and  the 
gloomy  atmosphere  of  Old  Ma- 
nila is  not  difficult  to  explain 
when  we  remember  that  a 
score  of  these  vast  silent  struct- 
ures are  set  down  within  the 
limited  area  enclosed  by  her 
sluggish  moats  and  verdure- 
covered  walls.  The  gateways 
to  the  \^'alled  City  recall  the 
entrance  to  the  Spanish  fort  at 
old   St.    Augustine    in    Florida. 


288 


MANILA 


THE    WALLS    AN[t    M<  >  \  I    OH    <<IA>    MANILA 

Within   the   walls,  as   well   as   in    the    suburban    quarters, 
sentries  eve  us  critically  bv  dav,  and  challenire  us  to  halt  and 


GATES  Oi'    THE    WALLKD    CITY 


MANILA 


!89 


IN    JAIL 

show    our    papers   after  half-past  eight  at  night.      Until    the 
curfew  law  was  rigid!}'  enforced,   a  section  of  the   city   was 


BILIBID    PRISON 


19 


290 


MANILA 


LANIiW  AKlt    |il--l-iiNSfc:*^ 


set  on  fire  every 
night  by  lawless 
Filipinos,  but 
now  that  every 
man  must  stay  in 
his  own  house, 
the  malcontents 
have  lost  their 
eagerness  to  play 
with  fire.  No 
one  is  allowed  to- 
move  abroad  in 
any  portion  of  the 
city  after  half- 
past  eight,  unless 
he  be  an  officer 
or  the  bearer  of 
a  pass.      In  S]5ite 


WITHIN  THE  WALLED  CI  TV 


MANILA 


293 


A   CONVENTO 

of  this  we  went  by  night  in  carriages  to  several  dances  and 
receptions.  It  was  the  most  picturesque,  exciting  party-going 
that  you  can  imagine.  At  every  gate  or  at  street  intersections 
we  hear  the  cry  "  halt .'  "  and  the  click  of  a  Krag-Jorgensen. 


FRANCIStrAN    1- k  [  A  K  S 


294 


MANILA 


The  Filipino  driver,  invariably  terror-stricken  by  the  sharp 
challenge,  reins  in  convulsively  and  brings  the  carriage  to  a 
stop  so  sudden  that  the  ladies  are  almost  thrown  forward  into 
the  laps  of  gentlemen  upon  the  opposite  seat.  Then  comes 
the  question,  "  Who  goes  there  ?  '"  and  our  reply,  "  Friends,  " 
then,  "Friend,  advance  one  and  be  recognized,"  and  one  of 
us  must  alight,    walk  slowly  toward  the  sentry,    explain   our 


THK    (  ATHKr>RAL 


presence,  and  make  known  our  destination.  This  done  we 
are  permitted  to  proceed,  the  driver  urging  on  the  horses  as 
if  in  fear  of  a  pursuit,  until  at  another  corner,  another  shad- 
owy figure  rushes  to  the  middle  of  the  street,  and  cries 
"halt!  "Once  more  the  clattering  hoofs  are  silenced  sud- 
denly,  and   the  now  familiar  colloquy  is    repeated. 

Among  the  religious  institutions  the  most  imposing  is  the 
monastery    of    the    Augustin    friars.      At    the   windows  white 


> 
a 

s 

o 


MANILA 


297 


robed  brethren  now  and  then  appear.  The  palatial  pile  ad- 
joining it  is  Jesuit  property.  Its  beautiful  fagade,  apparently 
of  marble  and  mosaic,  is  in  reality  of  wood,  elaborately  de- 
signed and  painted  in  a  most  deceptive  manner.  We  visited 
the  interior  of  the  Franciscan  co)ivc)//o,  where  we  were 
courteously  welcomed  by  the  friars.  At  the  present  moment, 
the  long-robes,  black  and  white  and  brown,  once  so  con- 
spicuous in  the  city  streets,  are  rarely  seen  in  public  places. 
Though  there  are  still  several  hundred  monks  housed  in  these 
many  coivoi/os,  few  dare  to  venture  out.  The  Filipinos 
have  too  many  old  scores  to  settle.  Occasionally,  during 
concert  hours  when  there  is  a  reassuring  number  of  our  sol- 
diers in  evidence  on  the  Luneta,  a  dozen  friars  may  walk 
forth  in  groups  for  a  sunset  airing  near  the  shore  ;  but  as  a 
feature  in  the  street  life  of  Manila  the  friar  is  a  reminiscence. 


ATlihUKAL   COLUMNS 


298 


MANILA 


It  is  not  my  provin 

cuss   the    influence  for 

or  evil  of  these  Span 

friars  in  the  Philippines 

Their  rule   is   ended, 

and    the    church,  at 

last  awake  to  their 

shortcomings  in  the 

past,   will,  without 

doubt,    under    the 

guidance  of  Ameri- 
can Catholics,  trans- 
form  the   institutions 

which  the  friars    havt 

founded    and    fostered 

the  Philippines  into  agi 

for  future  good.     The 

of  Manila  is  certainly  worthy  of  a  Continental  capital. 
Its  magnificence  reminds  us  that  in  the  old  days  the  Arch- 
Bishops  of  Ma- 
nila were  more 
powerful  than  the 
Military  Govern- 
ors-General   who 


THELl'NEIA    HAS    AN    A  I MOSPHhKK  OF  EXILE 


MANILA 


299 


held  their  court  in  the  neighboring  Ayiiiihnm'oi/o  or  Pala- 
tio.  The  Palace  is  now  the  seat  of  the  American  adminis- 
tration. In  an  upper  corner  room  General  Otis  sits  at 
Blanco's  desk;  old  portraits  of  Spanish  royalty,  which  once 
looked  down  on  W'eyler,  now  glower  upon  his  successor, 
the  man  who  is  trying  to  unravel  a  skein  of  difficulties  —  an 
entanglement  resulting  from  three  centuries  of  Spanish  mal- 
administration. 

Our  afternoons  are  usually  spent  on  the  Luneta.  The 
Luneta  cannot  be  called  either  beautiful  or  picturesque, 
and  save  at  the  fashionable  driving  hour,  when  the  band 
is  playing  and  the  driveway  thronged,  it  presents  a  sadly 
desolate  appearance.  It  is  a  place  to  inspire  loneliness 
and  homesickness  ;  it  brings  to  us  that  sense  of  exile,  which 
will  be  the  bane  of  future  colonists.  By  all  means  let 
our  authorities  do  something  to  remove  the  hopeless  aspect 
of  this  famous  spot,  or  else   prohibit  Americans  from   conung 


300 


MANILA 


here  until  the  hour  of  sunset,  when  the  glory  in  the  sky  and 
the  strains  of  the  "Star  Spangled  Banner  "  conjure  away  the 
gloomy  thoughts  inspired  by  the  place.  In  Spanish  days  it 
was  far  more  attractive  ;  but  the  trees  have  been  cut  down, 
the  glass  globes  on  the  lamp-posts  shattered,  and  four  cold 
electric  lights  replace  the  softer,  warmer  glare  of  the  hundred 
blazing  wicks. 

At  the  sunset  hour  all  Manila  is  then  in  evidence  circling 
slowly  round  the  elliptical  parade,  in  carriages  of  every 
shape,  drawn  by  ponies  ridiculously  small.      The  promenade 


CATHEDRAL    INTliKlOR 


MANILA 


301 


A    T-"R ANCISC  ^N 


is  crowded  with  our  soldiers,  poor  wounded  chaps,  or  conval- 
escents who  have  crawled  or  limped  out  from  the  neighboring 
hospitals.  Hither  they  come,  a  motley,  weary,  ragged  throng, 
with  faces  haggard,  and  beards  grow- 
ing in  the  wildest,  weirdest  fash- 
ions, so  that  we  almost  laugh 
at  sight  of  them.  They  sit  on 
the  stone  benches  or  on  the 
mossy  curb  and  listen  to  the 
music  and  gaze  seaward  at 
the  transports,  wondering 
when  their  turn  to  sail  away 
will  come.  Then  at  the 
hrst  strain  of  the  National 
Anthem  they  rise  and  stand 
stiffly  at  "attention,"  hat 
hand  until  the  last  note  fa 
away.       Then     the    gay    cro\ 


EVKN   A   VOLL'NIhKR    MAY   LOOK   AT   A   KlNti 


^02 


MANILA 


carriages   scampers    home   to    dinner,   the  sick  men  wander 
toward  their  crowded  wards,  and  the  sun  drops  hke  a  ball 

of  fire  into  the  China 
Sea,  and  another  day 
of  work  and  suffering 
in  the  Philippines  is 
ended. 

A  few  days  later 
we  cross  the  wind- 
swept harbor  to  Ca- 
vite,  where  the  issue 
of  the  great  sea  bat- 
tle decreed  our  occu- 
i  pation  of  these  far- 
away islands.  It  is  a 
i.EWEYs  WORK  OFF  cAviTE  gloomy  day.      The 

rainy  season,  long  delayed,  gives  promise  of  immediate  arrival  ; 
the  squalls  that  sweep  across  the  bay  make  it  impossible  for 
us  to  reach  the  sunken  Spanish  ships.  We  view  the  Flag- 
ship of  Montojo  from  the  walls 
and  strive  in  vain  to  picture 
to  ourselves  the  scene 
enacted  here  on 
eventful  mornin; 
when  the  sover- 
eignty of  Spain 
in  the  Orient  at 
last  sank  with 
these  battered 
hulks  never  to 
rise  again. 

We    have    al- 
most forgotten  that 
Spain  was  then  our 


SAN    ROQUE 


w 
2: 


MANILA 


305 


1      IHH    MANII  A    RACE    CtMI.'SI-: 


enemy ;     we     have     forgiven     much    since   we    assumed    her 
buniens,  since    we    undertook    the    task  of  conquering  these 


1  FIK     R  Air  \\'\V    SI  A  I  UJN 


3o6 


MANILA 


islands, — a  task  with  which  she  has  been  struggling  for  three 
hundred  years.      Our  thouglits  are  turned  to  our  new  enemy 

as  we  cross  the  isthmus  that  joins 
the  mainland   and 
the  deserted  town 
San  Roque.    There 
c  st-e  the  work   of 
I'llipinos  ;     not    a 
house  is  left,  they 
burned  them  all 
when     they    re- 
tired   from    the 
place.        Ever\- 
\\'here  along  the 
hue    of     our    ad- 
\ance  we  see  these 
souxenirs  of   lleeing 


A   HOUSE   AT  BAIIUAG 


o 

lO 


o 
11 


1) 
> 

■< 


MANILA 


309 


Filipino  forces.  It  is  not  my  intent  to  speak  of  the  cam- 
paign, but  as  a  traveler  I  must  tell  you  of  my  short  journey 
to  the  front  at  San  Fernando,  the  northernmost  town  held 
by  our  forces  on  the  line  of  the  Dagupan  Railway.  We  are 
carried  toward  the  front  in  a  train  with  the  Twelfth  Infantry. 
The  cars  are  full  inside  and  out,  for  soldiers  and  Chinese 
carriers  are  perched  upon  the  roofs.  Officers  and  corres- 
pondents are  packed  into  the  only  passenger  coach.  At 
Malolos    we   quit   the   train   to   make  a  side  expedition   to   the 


MKADQUARTKRS   Ar   HAl.lUAi 


town   of   Baliuag,  fourteen    miles  from   the   railway,   the   most 
isolated  outpost  now  held  by  the  American  forces. 

The  town  is  garrisoned  by  the  Third  Infantry  under  com- 
mand of  Colonel  Page.  The  regiment  depends  for  its  sup- 
plies upon  a  wagon  train,  which  every  day  makes  the  long 
journey  to  Malolos,  escorted  by  a  company  of  ninety  men. 
We  arrived  in  the  laden  wagons  drawn  by  imported  army 
mules.      The  ride  through  a  hostile  country  was  a  picturesque 


3IO 


MANILA 


wagons    struggling    along    the 


experience.  The  string  o 
shad}-,  muddy  road,  where  puddles  are  sometimes  as  big  as 
lakes  ;  the  stalwart  regulars  on  either  side,  in  single  file,  and 
in  the  fields  to  right  and  left  scouts  or  flankers  trudging 
through  paddy  patches,  wading  ditches,  climbing  hedges,  but 
keeping  always  several  hundred  yards  from  the  road  to  dis- 
cover if  there  be  a  lurking  loe  in  waiting  to  surprise  or,  as  the 


THF    rHTKrH    AT    ItAlIlAG 


men  express  it,  "to  jump"  the  wagon  train.  But  we  see 
no  sign  of  enemies.  Friendly  natives  sit  in  the  windows  of 
their  nipa  huts  and  wonderingly  watch  the  passing  of  the 
caravan  ;  they  have  not  yet  become  accustomed  to  the  gi- 
gantic mules,  which  are  four  times  as  big  as  Filipino  ponies. 
And  the  town  itself  is  as  calm  and  peaceful  as  if  war  was  a 
thing  undreamed  of.  We  spend  a  quiet  evening  at  head- 
(juarters — a  fine  old  dwelling,  formerly  the  home  of  a  rich 


MANILA 


311 


citizen,  which  only  a  few  months  before  had  been  occupied 
by  Aguinaldo.  The  insurgents  hoped  to  hold  Baliuag. 
They  had  constructed  wonderful  entrenchments  along  the 
road  leading  toward  the  railway.  They  felt  secure  ;  but  the 
Americans,  instead  of  fighting  their  way  past  line  after  line  of 
trenches  and  fortifications,  merely  changed  their  plans, 
marched  rou:;d  behind  the  town,  and  then  walked   calnih-   in 


througli  the  back  duor,  while  Aguinaldo  and  his  Filipinos  ded 
so  hurriedly  that  they  had  not  time  to  set  the  place  on  tire. 
Hence  Baliuag  is  the  most  comfortable  post  along  our  line. 
It  is  intact,  and  every  officer  has  decent  quarters.  The  men 
are  quartered  in  the  church  —  a  splendid  barracks,  spacious, 
clean,  and  elaborately  decorated.  Throughout  the  islands 
churches  are  used  both  as  barracks  and  forts.  They  are 
usually    solid    structures,   capable    of    being   easily   defended. 


^12 


MANILA 


But  every  Sun- 
day the  church  at 
Baliuag  is  cleared 
while  an  Ameri- 
can priest,  chap- 
lain of  the  regi- 
ment, officiates  at 
the  high  altar,  in 
the  presence  of 
the  native  popu- 
lation. 

The  garrison 
is  almost  contniu- 
ally  at  work.  .\t 
all  hours  of  the 
day  we  meet  com- 


COLONEL   r\(;K  —  1  t 


panies  of  infantry 
marching  through 
the  streets,  can- 
non being  hauled 
to  the  new  revet- 
ments to  accus- 
tom the  men  to 
getting  there  with 
no  delay  when  the 
call  shall  come. 
The  Gatling  gun 
is  also  taken  to 
different  points  it 
may  be  called 
upon  to  defend. 
Sometimes  these 
moves  are  made 
at    iiiidnisrht    and 


MANILA 


315 


sometimes  at  sunset.  There  is  no  regular  routine.  The 
colonel  wishes  to  let  the  natives  see  that  his  men  are  awake 
and  active  at  all  hours.  At  any  moment  the  insurgents 
may  attack  this  little  force  of  only  eight  hundred  effective 
men,  but  as  the  colonel  says,  "Let  em  come,  the  Third 
Infantry   can    take    care    of    the    whole   Filipino   army." 

To  show  just  what  would  happen  should  they  come,  the 
colonel  placed  two  companies  at  our  disposal,  to  take  part  in  a 
carefully  planned  defense  of  an  entrenchment.      The  dav  was 


ORDERED   TO   THE    FRONT 


dark  and  wet,  conditions  all  unfa\c)rable,  but  the  motion  pic- 
ture successfully  reproduces  the  dramatic  sequence  of  inci- 
dents as  they  occur.  F"irst,  four  men  are  seen  retiring  from 
the  outpost,  giving  the  alarm,  one  company  promptly  mans 
the  trench,  and  begins  a  vigorous  hre,  using  smokeless  pow- 
der ;  an  orderly  brings  a  dispatch  to  the  commanding  officer, 
then  re-enforcements  dash  forward  from  the  town,  then 
comes  the  best  friend  of  the  soldiers,  the  unerring  Gatling, 
and     hnall}-     the    enemy     having    been    seen    to    waver,    the 


3>6 


MANILA 


command  to  charge  is  given,  and  the  entire  force  breaks  over 
the  earthwork,  and  with  a  wild  yell  dashes  across  the  fields 
in  hot  pursuit  of  the  imaginary  enemy.  Meanwhile  the  dead 
and  wounded  who  have  fallen  in  the  foreground  are  cared  for 
by  the  surgeon  and  his  Chinese  stewards.  So  realistic  is  the 
feigned  death  of  one  soldier  that  spectators  will  not  believe 
that  the  picture  represents  only  a  sham  battle. 

The  commander  of  the  Third  Infantr\',  as  Autocrat  of  Bali- 
uag,  plays  his  part  with  grace  and  firmness.  As  he  rides 
through  the  streets,  he  acknowledges  the  salute  of  every 
ragged  or  half-naked  citizen  ;  but  when  he  passes  the  guard- 
house and  sees  the    American   prisoners   dangling   their   legs 

=  '1  mia 


IHK    KAKBKK    OF    BALlUAi; 


MANILA 


317 


'i^Mi^mm 


over  the  window-sill,  he  roars  in  rif;hteons  anj^er,  "Take  in 
those  feet!  '  and  in  ^o  the  feet  as  if  they  had  been  shot  away. 
Tile  colonel's  government  has  been  so  just  and  mild  that 
nearly  all  the  old  inhabitants  have  now  returned.  They  do  a 
thriving  business  with  our  soldiers  and  seem  content  and 
hap|i\-.  The  market  in  the  Plaza  is  more  animated  than  in 
the  Spanish  days,  and  new  business  enterprises  are  daily 
springing  into  life.  Among  them  is  a  restaurant  directed  by 
a  Chinese  caterer.      The   typical   Filipino   house  is  a  bo.\  of 


3i8 


MANILA 


1  UK    Slt.N  \L 


IN'    h  K  1  [  * 


IN     I  HE    SAN    [-K  AN.  i  ^^ 


I-  -.  i  A  I    K  A  N  1 


split  bamboo, 
jiL-rcheil  high  on 
b  a  111  boo  poles 
and  covered  with 
a  roof  of  nipa 
thatch. 

Early  iiiorn- 
iiii^'  scenes  aioiifj 
the  banks  of  the 
Bagbag  River  are 
interesting, —  big 
white  soldiers 
bathing,  —  little 
brown  w  omen 
washing  military 
underwear,  while 
its  wearers  bathe; 
near  at  hand  a 
group  of  natives 


MANILA 


319 


;kinning  a  carabao  and  pre- 
the  carcass  for  mar- 
;    for  carabao  chops 

are    not    disdained   by 

the    Fihpino   palate. 

One  evening   while 

chatting    with    the 

look-out  up  in  the 

belfry  of  the  stone 

church,  we  notice 

a  column  of  smoke 

rising  on  the  line  of 

the  road  to   Malolos 

—  it  is  undoubtedly  a 


Signal  of  distii>->. 
for  our    men   art- 
instructed  to  tire 
a  grass  hut  when- 
ever attacked  and 
thus  make  known 
their    danger    to 
the  garrison  at 
Bahuag.     "Must 
be   the  telegraph 
squad     in    troub- 
le, "  is  the  look- 
out's comment  as 
he  reports  the  sig- 
nal.     That    very 
morning  tlu- wires 
had  been  cut  ;  the 


TH1-:    DOCTOR'S    HOrSK  —  BALIU/iG 


320 


MANILA 


FOURTH   CAVALRY 


signal  men  had  gone  to  repair 
tile  line  ;  the  inference  is  that 
the}-' have  been  ambushed,  and 
are  "smoking  up"  for  help. 
The  colonel  is  making  his  even- 
ing rounds  —  nothing  can  be 
done  before  he  returns.  At  last 
he  rides  in.  Ten  minutes  later 
a  troop  of  big  United  States 
Cavalrymen,  mounted  on  little 
Filipino  ponies,  dashes  away 
along  the  dark,    wet  road. 

Two  hours  later  they  re- 
turn, escorting  the  telegraph 
squad  which  has  been  delayed 
but  not  attacked  —  the  smoke 
must  have  come  from  an  acci- 
dental tire.  However,  the  colo- 
nel orders  that  when  the  escort 
of  the  wagon  train  on  the 
morrow  passes  the  place  where 
the  wire  was  cut,  a  native  house 
shall  be  burned,  as  a  warning 
that  tampering  with  the  tele- 
graph line  will  invariably  bring 
chastisement  upon  the  village. 

We  leave  Baliuag  in  the 
wake  of  the  early  wagon  train 
and  overtake  it  near  the  scene 
of  the  wire  cutting.  The  cap- 
tain is  parleying  with  the  in- 
habitants of  the  little  village, 
trying  to  discover  the  cul- 
prit.     But  every  citizen  is  an 


MANILA 


321 


^'aiiiig'o  '  of  tlie  most  loyal  and  enthusiastic  persuasion. 
No  evidence  to  fix  the  guilt  can  be  secured  ;  but  never-the- 
less  the  wire  was  cut  and  a  house  must  be  burned.  In  his 
dilemma  the  captain  turns  to  me  and  bids  me  pick  out  the 
house  that  will  make  the  most  effective  motion  picture  as  it 
goes  up  in  smoke  ! 


SAN    FKRNANDO 


Fortunately  the  one  lending  itself  best  to  artistic  neces- 
sities was  an  abandoned  nipa  dwelling  —  a  pretty  little  affair 
with  a  neat  little  garden  around  about  it.  But  the  green 
hedge  hides  part  of  the  house  —  and  the  drooping  branches 
of  a  splendid  tree  will  cut  off  the  view  of  the  rolling  smoke, 
which  should  form  an  important  feature  of  the  dramatic  pic- 
ture that  we  are  about  to  make.  I  mention  these  objections 
to  the  captain.  Gruffly  he  orders  half  a  dozen  Filipinos  to 
fetch  their  bolos  and  chop  down  that  pretty  hedge  ;  two 
other  obedient  natives  are  sent  up  the  tree  to  lop  off  the 
interfering  branches. 

Then   when  all  is  ready,  several  soldiers  enter  the  house, 
pour  kerosene  on  the  walls  and  lloors  of  thatch   and   bamboo, 
and  set  fire  to  the    fiimsy    structure.      When     we     rode     on 
nothing  but  ashes  marked  the  cite. 
21 


322 


MANILA 


Thence  we  proceeded  under  escort  to  Malolos  and  thence 
by  railway  to  San  Fernando,  which  was  in  July  the  extreme 
front  of  our  line  on  the  north.  The  town  lies  about  thirty 
miles  from  Manila  on  the  railway,  beyond  it  the  tracks  have 
been  torn  up.  The  northern  end  of  the  road  —  the  longer 
section  —  is  still  controlled  and  operated  by  the  Filipinos, 
who  with  foresight  ran  most  of  the  cars  and  locomotives  to 
the  northern  terminus  before  hostilities  broke  out.  The 
ownership  is  vested  in  an  English  company,  and  whenever 
there  is  an  advance,  the  wide-awake  British  manager  goes  up 
the  line  and  superintends  the  work  of  the  insurgents  in  tear- 
ing up  the  track,  so  that  they  do  not  damage  the  property 
unnecessarily,    and    when    Americans   relay   the    track    a    few 


PEACEFUL   SAN    FERNANDO 


1-~1I.1I'I\I]    WORK  A  r  SAN   ll'kNANUl) 


MANILA 


325 


VALENTINE 


ater.  the  same  business-like  Briton  stands 
by  to  see  that  the  work  is  properly  done. 
;  is  not    much  to  see  in   San 
nnando.      The   Filipinos    had 
burned  the  church  and  all  the 
public   buildings    before    re- 
tiring from   the  town. 
There    is,    of    course,    no 
hotel,  no  place  to  go,  un- 
less you  chance  to  have  a 
friend  among  the  officers, 
who  occupy  the  few    re- 
maining habitable  houses. 
We    fortunately    have    ac- 
quaintances and  force   our- 
selves into  their  overcrowded 
less.      We  bring  our  own  can- 
goods    and    other    things  in 
_  bottles;    our  hosts    provide  us  with 

camp   cots    in    the    corridor.       We  are  tired. 


326 


MANILA 


THE   COLORS 


hilt,  am!  hungry  on 
arri\al,  and  grateful 
for  a  place  to  lay  our 
heads.  The  officers 
look  worn  out  and 
almost  discouraged. 
For  weeks  they  have 
been  ill,  and  the  rains 
now  aggravate  the 
malady.  Four  or  five 
times  each  week  their 
men  are  called  upon 
to  man  the  trenches 
and    spend    a    weary 


TROOPS   AT    SA.N    FliRNANDO 


COMFORTABLE    QUARTERS 


MANILA 


329 


night  lying  in  the  mud.  A  force  of  8,000  FiHpinos  almost 
surrounds  the  town  ;  occasionally  they  close  even  the  one 
gap  when  the  railway  enters.  Opposed  to  them  are  not 
more  than   3,000  Americans. 

In  the  center  of  the  town  few  uniforms  are  visible,  the 
greater  part  of  the  garrison  being  on  duty  near  the  outlying 
trenches.      They  tell  us  that  Aguinaldo  has  announced  his  in- 


AN  ADVANCKD    POST   NEAR   SAN   I-KRNANDO 


tention  of  sleeping  in  our  beds  to-night,  therefore  we  turn  in 
at  nine  to  get  as  much  use  of  the  beds  as  possible.  It  is  the 
anniversary  of  the  tight  at  El  Caney  in  Cuba.  The  men  with 
whom  we  lodge  were  in  that  fight.  I  fall  asleep  while  listen- 
ing to  the  slow  dripping  of  water  on  a  neighboring  roof. 
Each  drop  produces  a  metallic  sound  as  it  falls  upon  the  iron 
roof,  —  a  sound  "like  that  of  bullets  striking"  as  one  of  the 


330 


MANILA 


officers  remarks,  and  then  he  shows  us  the  small  round  holes 
in  all  the  walls  through  which  the  bullets  really  came  two 
weeks  before.  We  sleep  until  half-past  ten,  then  some  one 
shakes  me,  says,  "Holmes,  here's  the  battle  }ou  came  to 
see.  Better  get  up  and  look  at  it.  '  Rousing  myself  I 
listen  ;  the  patter  of  the  raindrops  that  lulled  us  to  sleep  has 
grown  more  remote  but  quicker,  for  thousands  of  men  are 
firing  in  the  distant  darkness,  exchanging  shots  with  unseen 
enemies.  Mean\\hile  the  officers  shout  quick  connnands 
from  the  window,  jump  into  their  uniforms,  and  rush  into 
the  street.  \\'e  follow  as  rapidly  as  possible,  for  it  is  not 
safe  to  linger  in  an  upper  story  while  leaden  rain  is  pouring 
into  town. 

One     company     is    drawn    up,    the    others    have    already 
started  for  the    firing   line.      The    tiring  doubles   in    intensity 


EL  RIO   PASIG 


MANILA 


and  spreads   from    its    startinf^-point    to   right    and    left,  until 
it  seems  to  come  from  all  directions.      Then  rockets   are  sent 


in'     I  HK    KIVKK 


332 


MANILA 


srMME::^  AMr*  sicknkss  have  comk 


up  from  the  Filipino  line.      It  must  be  the  threatened  general 
attack.      Aguinaldo    is   trxini;    t(^    make    ofiod    his    prc^mise  to 


<_,UlNr,    VISITING 


MANILA 


335 


sleep  in  town  to-nij<ht.  Meantime  I  find  it  far  more  com- 
fortable to  sit  beneath  a  balcony  behind  a  sturdy  pillar  of 
masonry  than  in  the  open  street.  My  friend  the  correspond- 
ent seeks  me  out  and  asks,  "  Have  you  got  your  revolver  and 
cartridges?  "  "  No,"  I  reply,  "but  I  ve  got  my  camera  and 
an  extra  roll  of  films.  "  I  wanted  to  ba  prepared  in  case  the 
fighting  lasted  until  sunrise.  An  hour  and  a  half  is  passed 
thus  in  suspense,  listening  to  the  distant,  smothered  rattling 
of  the  guns.  Then  suddenly  the  firing  ceases,  and  the  men 
return  to  the  barracks.  Only  one  man  was  killed  in  our 
ranks.  He  was  struck  by  a  stray  bullet  as  he  groped  his  way 
through   the  darkness  toward   the   trenches. 


♦,       ;; 


*>  >vtV>    Ky    ', 


*^t'. 


336 


MANILA 


There  being  no  prospects  of  further  fighting,  we  hasten 
back  to  town  next  day.  The  arrival  of  the  rainy  season  has 
put  an  end  to  fighting.  The  opposing  forces  at  the  front  go 
into  ' '  summer  quarters, ' '  postponing  all  thought  of  active 
hostilities  until  a  more  propitious  season.  Travel  and  pho- 
tography are  alike  impossible.  Therefore,  late  in  July  we 
leave  Manila.  The  typhoon  signals  are  flying  as  we  steam 
down  the  Pasig  and  across  the  wind-swept  bay.  But  al- 
though two  fierce  typhoons  are  swirling  up  the  China  Sea, 
we  glide  smoothly  between  the  centers  of  disturbance  and 
come  in  safety  to  Hongkong,  where  the  great  transpacific 
liners  wait.  We  are  far  from  satisfied  with  the  results  of 
our  war-time  visit  to  the  Philippines,  in  fact,  we  have  not 
seen  the  Philippines  —  we  have  seen  only  the  city  of  Manila 
and  the  narrow  strip  of  Luzon  territory  held  by  our  forces. 
Of  the  wonderful  Philippine  Archipelago  we  have  seen  virtu- 
ally nothing.  We  depart,  therefore,  with  the  firm  resolve 
to  return  on  the  conclusion  of  the  war  to  study  the  Ameri- 
canized Luzon  of  the  near  future  and  to  e.xplore  the  other 
islands  of  the  archipelago  when  peace  shall  have  made  them 
accessible  to  the  traveler. 

Yet  it  is  something  to  have  been  witnesses  of  the  trans- 
formation of  Manila,  to  have  seen  the  sleepy  haunt  of  Span- 
ish inactivity  suddenly  become  the  busy  center  of  American 
enterprise  in  the  Far  East. 


^ 


><- 

t^ 

■^^